2 T
\bTh
\bhe
\be M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg E
\bE-
\b-M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bl C
\bCl
\bli
\bie
\ben
\bnt
\bt
4 by Michael Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others.
8 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bst
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt
10 ``All mail clients suck. This one just sucks less.'' -me, circa 1995
12 _
\b1_
\b. _
\bI_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bo_
\bd_
\bu_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
14 M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-n
\bng
\bg is a small but very powerful text-based MIME mail client. Mutt-ng is
15 highly configurable, and is well suited to the mail power user with advanced
16 features like key bindings, keyboard macros, mail threading, regular expression
17 searches and a powerful pattern matching language for selecting groups of mes-
20 This documentation additionally contains documentation to M
\bMu
\but
\btt
\bt-
\b-N
\bNG
\bG, a fork from
21 Mutt with the goal to fix all the little annoyances of Mutt, to integrate all
22 the Mutt patches that are floating around in the web, and to add other new fea-
23 tures. Features specific to Mutt-ng will be discussed in an extra section.
24 Don't be confused when most of the documentation talk about Mutt and not Mutt-
25 ng, Mutt-ng contains all Mutt features, plus many more.
27 _
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
31 _
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
33 +
\bo mutt-ng-users@lists.berlios.de -- This is where the mutt-ng user support
36 +
\bo mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de -- The development mailing list for mutt-ng
38 _
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\bo_
\bf_
\bt_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\be _
\bD_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bS_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
40 So far, there are no official releases of Mutt-ng, but you can download daily
41 snapshots from http://mutt-ng.berlios.de/snapshots/
43 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 1
45 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 2
47 _
\b1_
\b._
\b4 _
\bI_
\bR_
\bC
49 Visit channel _
\b#_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\bn_
\bg on irc.freenode.net (www.freenode.net) to chat with other
50 people interested in Mutt-ng.
52 _
\b1_
\b._
\b5 _
\bW_
\be_
\bb_
\bl_
\bo_
\bg
54 If you want to read fresh news about the latest development in Mutt-ng, and get
55 informed about stuff like interesting, Mutt-ng-related articles and packages
56 for your favorite distribution, you can read and/or subscribe to our Mutt-ng
59 _
\b1_
\b._
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt
61 Mutt is Copyright (C) 1996-2000 Michael R. Elkins <me@cs.hmc.edu> and others
63 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
64 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
65 Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later ver-
68 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
69 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A
70 PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
72 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
73 this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple
74 Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111, USA.
76 _
\b2_
\b. _
\bG_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
78 This section is intended as a brief overview of how to use Mutt-ng. There are
79 many other features which are described elsewhere in the manual. <-- There is
80 even more information available in the Mutt FAQ and various web pages. See the
81 Mutt Page for more details. -->
83 The key bindings described in this section are the defaults as distributed.
84 Your local system administrator may have altered the defaults for your site.
85 You can always type ``?'' in any menu to display the current bindings.
87 The first thing you need to do is invoke mutt-ng simply by typing muttng at the
88 command line. There are various command-line options, see either the muttng
89 man page or the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62).
91 If you have used mutt in the past the easiest thing to have a proper configura-
92 tion file is to source /.muttrc in /.muttngrc.
94 _
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bA_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs
96 Information is presented in menus, very similar to ELM. Here is a table show-
97 ing the common keys used to navigate menus in Mutt.
99 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 3
101 j or Down next-entry move to the next entry
102 k or Up previous-entry move to the previous entry
103 z or PageDn page-down go to the next page
104 Z or PageUp page-up go to the previous page
105 = or Home first-entry jump to the first entry
106 * or End last-entry jump to the last entry
107 q quit exit the current menu
108 ? help list all key bindings for the current menu
110 _
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bI_
\bn_
\bp_
\bu_
\bt _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
112 Mutt-ng has a builtin line editor which is used as the primary way to input
113 textual data such as email addresses or filenames. The keys used to move
114 around while editing are very similar to those of Emacs.
116 ^A or <Home> bol move to the start of the line
117 ^B or <Left> backward-char move back one char
118 Esc B backward-word move back one word
119 ^D or <Delete> delete-char delete the char under the cursor
120 ^E or <End> eol move to the end of the line
121 ^F or <Right> forward-char move forward one char
122 Esc F forward-word move forward one word
123 <Tab> complete complete filename or alias
124 ^T complete-query complete address with query
125 ^K kill-eol delete to the end of the line
126 ESC d kill-eow delete to the end ot the word
127 ^W kill-word kill the word in front of the cursor
128 ^U kill-line delete entire line
129 ^V quote-char quote the next typed key
130 <Up> history-up recall previous string from history
131 <Down> history-down recall next string from history
132 <BackSpace> backspace kill the char in front of the cursor
133 Esc u upcase-word convert word to upper case
134 Esc l downcase-word convert word to lower case
135 Esc c capitalize-word capitalize the word
137 <Return> n/a finish editing
139 You can remap the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br functions using the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) com-
140 mand. For example, to make the _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be key delete the character in front of the
141 cursor rather than under, you could use
143 bind editor <delete> backspace
145 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl _
\b- _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
147 Similar to many other mail clients, there are two modes in which mail is read
148 in Mutt-ng. The first is the index of messages in the mailbox, which is called
149 the ``index'' in Mutt. The second mode is the display of the message contents.
150 This is called the ``pager.''
152 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 4
154 The next few sections describe the functions provided in each of these modes.
156 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bI_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
158 c change to a different mailbox
159 ESC c change to a folder in read-only mode
160 C copy the current message to another mailbox
161 ESC C decode a message and copy it to a folder
162 ESC s decode a message and save it to a folder
163 D delete messages matching a pattern
164 d delete the current message
166 l show messages matching a pattern
167 N mark message as new
168 o change the current sort method
169 O reverse sort the mailbox
170 q save changes and exit
172 T tag messages matching a pattern
173 t toggle the tag on a message
174 ESC t toggle tag on entire message thread
175 U undelete messages matching a pattern
178 x abort changes and exit
179 <Return> display-message
180 <Tab> jump to the next new message
181 @ show the author's full e-mail address
182 $ save changes to mailbox
185 ^L clear and redraw the screen
186 ^T untag messages matching a pattern
188 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
190 In addition to who sent the message and the subject, a short summary of the
191 disposition of each message is printed beside the message number. Zero or more
192 of the following ``flags'' may appear, which mean:
195 message is deleted (is marked for deletion)
198 message have attachments marked for deletion
201 contains a PGP public key
206 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 5
212 message is PGP encrypted
215 message has been replied to
218 message is signed, and the signature is succesfully verified
229 Some of the status flags can be turned on or off using
231 +
\bo s
\bse
\bet
\bt-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: w)
233 +
\bo c
\bcl
\ble
\bea
\bar
\br-
\b-f
\bfl
\bla
\bag
\bg (default: W)
235 Furthermore, the following flags reflect who the message is addressed to. They
236 can be customized with the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.315 , page 142) variable.
239 message is to you and you only
242 message is to you, but also to or cc'ed to others
245 message is cc'ed to you
251 message is sent to a subscribed mailing list
253 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bP_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
255 By default, Mutt-ng uses its builtin pager to display the body of messages.
256 The pager is very similar to the Unix program _
\bl_
\be_
\bs_
\bs though not nearly as fea-
259 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 6
261 <Return> go down one line
262 <Space> display the next page (or next message if at the end of a message)
263 - go back to the previous page
264 n search for next match
265 S skip beyond quoted text
266 T toggle display of quoted text
268 / search for a regular expression (pattern)
269 ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
270 \ toggle search pattern coloring
271 ^ jump to the top of the message
273 In addition, many of the functions from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx are available in the pager,
274 such as _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be or _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be (this is one advantage over using an
275 external pager to view messages).
277 Also, the internal pager supports a couple other advanced features. For one, it
278 will accept and translate the ``standard'' nroff sequences for bold and under-
279 line. These sequences are a series of either the letter, backspace (^H), the
280 letter again for bold or the letter, backspace, ``_'' for denoting underline.
281 Mutt-ng will attempt to display these in bold and underline respectively if
282 your terminal supports them. If not, you can use the bold and underline _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br
283 (section 3.7 , page 21) objects to specify a color or mono attribute for them.
285 Additionally, the internal pager supports the ANSI escape sequences for charac-
286 ter attributes. Mutt-ng translates them into the correct color and character
287 settings. The sequences Mutt-ng supports are:
289 ESC [ Ps;Ps;Ps;...;Ps m
296 3x Foreground color is x
297 4x Background color is x
309 Mutt-ng uses these attributes for handling text/enriched messages, and they can
310 also be used by an external _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) script for high-
311 lighting purposes. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you change the colors for your display, for
313 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 7
315 example by changing the color associated with color2 for your xterm, then that
316 color will be used instead of green.
318 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\bd _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
320 When the mailbox is _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.287 , page 133) by _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs, there are
321 a few additional functions available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br modes.
323 ^D delete-thread delete all messages in the current thread
324 ^U undelete-thread undelete all messages in the current thread
325 ^N next-thread jump to the start of the next thread
326 ^P previous-thread jump to the start of the previous thread
327 ^R read-thread mark the current thread as read
328 ESC d delete-subthread delete all messages in the current subthread
329 ESC u undelete-subthread undelete all messages in the current subthread
330 ESC n next-subthread jump to the start of the next subthread
331 ESC p previous-subthread jump to the start of the previous subthread
332 ESC r read-subthread mark the current subthread as read
333 ESC t tag-thread toggle the tag on the current thread
334 ESC v collapse-thread toggle collapse for the current thread
335 ESC V collapse-all toggle collapse for all threads
336 P parent-message jump to parent message in thread
338 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Collapsing a thread displays only the first message in the thread and
339 hides the others. This is useful when threads contain so many messages that you
340 can only see a handful of threads on the screen. See %M in _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
341 tion 6.3.108 , page 89). For example, you could use "%?M?(#%03M)&(%4l)?" in
342 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89) to optionally display the number of
343 hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
345 See also: _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.3.304 , page 139).
347 _
\b2_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
349 c
\bcr
\bre
\bea
\bat
\bte
\be-
\b-a
\bal
\bli
\bia
\bas
\bs
352 Creates a new alias based upon the current message (or prompts for a new one).
353 Once editing is complete, an _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) command is added to
354 the file specified by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) variable for
355 future use. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Specifying an _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65) does not
356 add the aliases specified there-in, you must also _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page
359 c
\bch
\bhe
\bec
\bck
\bk-
\b-t
\btr
\bra
\bad
\bdi
\bit
\bti
\bio
\bon
\bna
\bal
\bl-
\b-p
\bpg
\bgp
\bp
362 This function will search the current message for content signed or encrypted
363 with PGP the "traditional" way, that is, without proper MIME tagging. Techni-
364 cally, this function will temporarily change the MIME content types of the body
365 parts containing PGP data; this is similar to the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 2.3.4 ,
366 page 8) function's effect.
368 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 8
370 d
\bdi
\bis
\bsp
\bpl
\bla
\bay
\by-
\b-t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-w
\bwe
\bee
\bed
\bd
373 Toggles the weeding of message header fields specified by _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section
374 3.8 , page 23) commands.
379 This command (available in the ``index'' and ``pager'') allows you to edit the
380 raw current message as it's present in the mail folder. After you have fin-
381 ished editing, the changed message will be appended to the current folder, and
382 the original message will be marked for deletion.
384 e
\bed
\bdi
\bit
\bt-
\b-t
\bty
\byp
\bpe
\be
386 (default: ^E on the attachment menu, and in the pager and index menus; ^T on
389 This command is used to temporarily edit an attachment's content type to fix,
390 for instance, bogus character set parameters. When invoked from the index or
391 from the pager, you'll have the opportunity to edit the top-level attachment's
392 content type. On the _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.2 , page 53), you can
393 change any attachment's content type. These changes are not persistent, and get
394 lost upon changing folders.
396 Note that this command is also available on the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu (section 5.1.3 ,
397 page 53). There, it's used to fine-tune the properties of attachments you are
400 e
\ben
\bnt
\bte
\ber
\br-
\b-c
\bco
\bom
\bmm
\bma
\ban
\bnd
\bd
403 This command is used to execute any command you would normally put in a config-
404 uration file. A common use is to check the settings of variables, or in con-
405 junction with _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) to change settings on the fly.
407 e
\bex
\bxt
\btr
\bra
\bac
\bct
\bt-
\b-k
\bke
\bey
\bys
\bs
410 This command extracts PGP public keys from the current or tagged message(s) and
411 adds them to your PGP public key ring.
413 f
\bfo
\bor
\brg
\bge
\bet
\bt-
\b-p
\bpa
\bas
\bss
\bsp
\bph
\bhr
\bra
\bas
\bse
\be
416 This command wipes the passphrase(s) from memory. It is useful, if you mis-
417 spelled the passphrase.
419 l
\bli
\bis
\bst
\bt-
\b-r
\bre
\bep
\bpl
\bly
\by
422 Reply to the current or tagged message(s) by extracting any addresses which
424 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 9
426 match the regular expressions given by the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\bo_
\br _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 ,
427 page 24) commands, but also honor any Mail-Followup-To header(s) if the
428 _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.87 , page 84) configuration variable is set.
429 Using this when replying to messages posted to mailing lists helps avoid dupli-
430 cate copies being sent to the author of the message you are replying to.
432 p
\bpi
\bip
\bpe
\be-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
435 Asks for an external Unix command and pipes the current or tagged message(s) to
436 it. The variables _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.198 , page 113), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
437 (section 6.3.200 , page 113), _
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.199 , page 113) and
438 _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.327 , page 144) control the exact behavior of this
441 r
\bre
\bes
\bse
\ben
\bnd
\bd-
\b-m
\bme
\bes
\bss
\bsa
\bag
\bge
\be
444 With resend-message, mutt takes the current message as a template for a new
445 message. This function is best described as "recall from arbitrary folders".
446 It can conveniently be used to forward MIME messages while preserving the orig-
447 inal mail structure. Note that the amount of headers included here depends on
448 the value of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.328 , page 144) variable.
450 This function is also available from the attachment menu. You can use this to
451 easily resend a message which was included with a bounce message as a mes-
452 sage/rfc822 body part.
454 s
\bsh
\bhe
\bel
\bll
\bl-
\b-e
\bes
\bsc
\bca
\bap
\bpe
\be
457 Asks for an external Unix command and executes it. The _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section
458 6.3.327 , page 144) can be used to control whether Mutt-ng will wait for a key
459 to be pressed when the command returns (presumably to let the user read the
460 output of the command), based on the return status of the named command.
462 t
\bto
\bog
\bgg
\bgl
\ble
\be-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
465 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.223 , page 119) variable to
466 detect quoted text when displaying the body of the message. This function tog-
467 gles the display of the quoted material in the message. It is particularly
468 useful when are interested in just the response and there is a large amount of
469 quoted text in the way.
471 s
\bsk
\bki
\bip
\bp-
\b-q
\bqu
\buo
\bot
\bte
\bed
\bd
474 This function will go to the next line of non-quoted text which come after a
475 line of quoted text in the internal pager.
477 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
479 The following bindings are available in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx for sending messages.
481 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 10
483 m compose compose a new message
484 r reply reply to sender
485 g group-reply reply to all recipients
486 L list-reply reply to mailing list address
487 f forward forward message
488 b bounce bounce (remail) message
489 ESC k mail-key mail a PGP public key to someone
491 Bouncing a message sends the message as is to the recipient you specify. For-
492 warding a message allows you to add comments or modify the message you are for-
493 warding. These items are discussed in greater detail in the next chapter
494 _
\b`_
\b`_
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b'_
\b' (section 2.5 , page 13).
496 Mutt-ng will then enter the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu and prompt you for the recipients to
497 place on the ``To:'' header field. Next, it will ask you for the ``Subject:''
498 field for the message, providing a default if you are replying to or forwarding
499 a message. See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc (section 6.3.10 , page 66), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc (section
500 6.3.9 , page 66), _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page 69), _
\b$_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
501 6.3.20 , page 69), and _
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.59 , page 78) for changing
502 how Mutt asks these questions.
504 Mutt will then automatically start your _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.55 , page 77) on
505 the message body. If the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable is
506 set, the headers will be at the top of the message in your editor. Any mes-
507 sages you are replying to will be added in sort order to the message, with
508 appropriate _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section
509 6.3.107 , page 89) and _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.210 , page 116).
510 When forwarding a message, if the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97)
511 variable is unset, a copy of the forwarded message will be included. If you
512 have specified a _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.257 , page 127), it will be appended
515 Once you have finished editing the body of your mail message, you are returned
516 to the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu. The following options are available:
518 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 11
520 a attach-file attach a file
521 A attach-message attach message(s) to the message
522 ESC k attach-key attach a PGP public key
523 d edit-description edit description on attachment
524 D detach-file detach a file
525 t edit-to edit the To field
526 ESC f edit-from edit the From field
527 r edit-reply-to edit the Reply-To field
528 c edit-cc edit the Cc field
529 b edit-bcc edit the Bcc field
530 y send-message send the message
531 s edit-subject edit the Subject
532 S smime-menu select S/MIME options
533 f edit-fcc specify an ``Fcc'' mailbox
534 p pgp-menu select PGP options
535 P postpone-message postpone this message until later
536 q quit quit (abort) sending the message
537 w write-fcc write the message to a folder
538 i ispell check spelling (if available on your system)
539 ^F forget-passphrase wipe passphrase(s) from memory
541 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The attach-message function will prompt you for a folder to attach mes-
542 sages from. You can now tag messages in that folder and they will be attached
543 to the message you are sending. Note that certain operations like composing a
544 new mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted when you are in that
545 folder. The %r in _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.301 , page 137) will change to a
546 'A' to indicate that you are in attach-message mode.
548 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
550 When editing the header of your outgoing message, there are a couple of special
555 Fcc: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
557 Mutt will pick up _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be just as if you had used the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc function in the
558 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu.
560 You can also attach files to your message by specifying
562 Attach: _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
564 where _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is the file to attach and _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn is an optional string to
565 use as the description of the attached file.
567 When replying to messages, if you remove the _
\bI_
\bn_
\b-_
\bR_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bT_
\bo_
\b: field from the header
568 field, Mutt will not generate a _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\b: field, which allows you to create a
571 Also see _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77).
573 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 12
575 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bP_
\bG_
\bP
577 If you want to use PGP, you can specify
579 Pgp: [ E | S | S_
\b<_
\bi_
\bd_
\b> ]
581 ``E'' encrypts, ``S'' signs and ``S<id>'' signs with the given key, setting
582 _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.190 , page 111) permanently.
584 If you have told mutt to PGP encrypt a message, it will guide you through a key
585 selection process when you try to send the message. Mutt will not ask you any
586 questions about keys which have a certified user ID matching one of the message
587 recipients' mail addresses. However, there may be situations in which there
588 are several keys, weakly certified user ID fields, or where no matching keys
591 In these cases, you are dropped into a menu with a list of keys from which you
592 can select one. When you quit this menu, or mutt can't find any matching keys,
593 you are prompted for a user ID. You can, as usually, abort this prompt using
594 ^G. When you do so, mutt will return to the compose screen.
596 Once you have successfully finished the key selection, the message will be
597 encrypted using the selected public keys, and sent out.
599 Most fields of the entries in the key selection menu (see also _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
600 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.177 , page 108)) have obvious meanings. But some explana-
601 tions on the capabilities, flags, and validity fields are in order.
603 The flags sequence (%f) will expand to one of the following flags:
605 R The key has been revoked and can't be used.
606 X The key is expired and can't be used.
607 d You have marked the key as disabled.
608 c There are unknown critical self-signature
611 The capabilities field (%c) expands to a two-character sequence representing a
612 key's capabilities. The first character gives the key's encryption capabili-
613 ties: A minus sign (-
\b-) means that the key cannot be used for encryption. A dot
614 (.
\b.) means that it's marked as a signature key in one of the user IDs, but may
615 also be used for encryption. The letter e
\be indicates that this key can be used
618 The second character indicates the key's signing capabilities. Once again, a
619 ``-
\b-'' implies ``not for signing'', ``.
\b.'' implies that the key is marked as an
620 encryption key in one of the user-ids, and ``s
\bs'' denotes a key which can be
623 Finally, the validity field (%t) indicates how well-certified a user-id is. A
624 question mark (?
\b?) indicates undefined validity, a minus character (-
\b-) marks an
625 untrusted association, a space character means a partially trusted association,
626 and a plus character (+
\b+) indicates complete validity.
628 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 13
630 _
\b2_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bn_
\by_
\bm_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\b.
632 You may also have configured mutt to co-operate with Mixmaster, an anonymous
633 remailer. Mixmaster permits you to send your messages anonymously using a
634 chain of remailers. Mixmaster support in mutt is for mixmaster version 2.04
635 (beta 45 appears to be the latest) and 2.03. It does not support earlier ver-
636 sions or the later so-called version 3 betas, of which the latest appears to be
639 To use it, you'll have to obey certain restrictions. Most important, you can-
640 not use the Cc and Bcc headers. To tell Mutt to use mixmaster, you have to
641 select a remailer chain, using the mix function on the compose menu.
643 The chain selection screen is divided into two parts. In the (larger) upper
644 part, you get a list of remailers you may use. In the lower part, you see the
645 currently selected chain of remailers.
647 You can navigate in the chain using the chain-prev and chain-next functions,
648 which are by default bound to the left and right arrows and to the h and l keys
649 (think vi keyboard bindings). To insert a remailer at the current chain posi-
650 tion, use the insert function. To append a remailer behind the current chain
651 position, use select-entry or append. You can also delete entries from the
652 chain, using the corresponding function. Finally, to abandon your changes,
653 leave the menu, or accept them pressing (by default) the Return key.
655 Note that different remailers do have different capabilities, indicated in the
656 %c entry of the remailer menu lines (see _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.137 ,
657 page 98)). Most important is the ``middleman'' capability, indicated by a cap-
658 ital ``M'': This means that the remailer in question cannot be used as the
659 final element of a chain, but will only forward messages to other mixmaster
660 remailers. For details on the other capabilities, please have a look at the
661 mixmaster documentation.
663 _
\b2_
\b._
\b5 _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bB_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
665 Bouncing and forwarding let you send an existing message to recipients that you
666 specify. Bouncing a message uses the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 , page 124)
667 command to send a copy to alternative addresses as if they were the message's
668 original recipients. Forwarding a message, on the other hand, allows you to
669 modify the message before it is resent (for example, by adding your own com-
672 The following keys are bound by default:
674 f forward forward message
675 b bounce bounce (remail) message
677 Forwarding can be done by including the original message in the new message's
678 body (surrounded by indicating lines) or including it as a MIME attachment,
679 depending on the value of the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97) vari-
680 able. Decoding of attachments, like in the pager, can be controlled by the
681 _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81) and _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section
683 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 14
685 6.3.135 , page 97) variables, respectively. The desired forwarding format may
686 depend on the content, therefore _
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd is a quadoption which, for exam-
687 ple, can be set to ``ask-no''.
689 The inclusion of headers is controlled by the current setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
690 (section 6.3.328 , page 144) variable, unless _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 ,
693 Editing the message to forward follows the same procedure as sending or reply-
694 ing to a message does.
696 _
\b2_
\b._
\b6 _
\bP_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
698 At times it is desirable to delay sending a message that you have already begun
699 to compose. When the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function is used in the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be menu,
700 the body of your message and attachments are stored in the mailbox specified by
701 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.212 , page 116) variable. This means that you can
702 recall the message even if you exit Mutt and then restart it at a later time.
704 Once a message is postponed, there are several ways to resume it. From the
705 command line you can use the ``-p'' option, or if you _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be a new message
706 from the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br you will be prompted if postponed messages exist. If
707 multiple messages are currently postponed, the _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd menu will pop up and
708 you can select which message you would like to resume.
710 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you postpone a reply to a message, the reply setting of the message is
711 only updated when you actually finish the message and send it. Also, you must
712 be in the same folder with the message you replied to for the status of the
713 message to be updated.
715 See also the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.211 , page 116) quad-option.
717 _
\b2_
\b._
\b7 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs _
\bv_
\bi_
\ba _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP
719 If compiled with ``--enable-nntp'' option, Mutt can read news from newsserver
720 via NNTP. You can open a newsgroup with function ``change-newsgroup''
721 (default: i). Default newsserver can be obtained from _
\bN_
\bN_
\bT_
\bP_
\bS_
\bE_
\bR_
\bV_
\bE_
\bR environment
722 variable. Like other news readers, info about subscribed newsgroups is saved
723 in file by _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc (section , page ) variable. Article headers are cached and
724 can be loaded from file when newsgroup entered instead loading from newsserver.
726 _
\b3_
\b. _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
728 While the default configuration (or ``preferences'') make Mutt-ng usable right
729 out of the box, it is often desirable to tailor Mutt to suit your own tastes.
730 When Mutt-ng is first invoked, it will attempt to read the ``system'' configu-
731 ration file (defaults set by your local system administrator), unless the
732 ``-n'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page 62) option is specified. This file is
733 typically /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttngrc or /etc/Muttngrc, Mutt-ng users will
734 find this file in /usr/local/share/muttng/Muttrc or /etc/Muttngrc. Mutt will
735 next look for a file named .muttrc in your home directory, Mutt-ng will look
736 for .muttngrc. If this file does not exist and your home directory has a sub-
737 directory named .mutt, mutt try to load a file named .muttng/muttngrc.
739 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 15
741 .muttrc (or .muttngrc for Mutt-ng) is the file where you will usually place
742 your _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page 62) to configure Mutt.
744 In addition, mutt supports version specific configuration files that are parsed
745 instead of the default files as explained above. For instance, if your system
746 has a Muttrc-0.88 file in the system configuration directory, and you are run-
747 ning version 0.88 of mutt, this file will be sourced instead of the Muttrc
748 file. The same is true of the user configuration file, if you have a file
749 .muttrc-0.88.6 in your home directory, when you run mutt version 0.88.6, it
750 will source this file instead of the default .muttrc file. The version number
751 is the same which is visible using the ``-v'' _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be (section 6.1 , page
752 62) switch or using the show-version key (default: V) from the index menu.
754 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
756 An initialization file consists of a series of _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs (section 6.2 , page
757 62). Each line of the file may contain one or more commands. When multiple
758 commands are used, they must be separated by a semicolon (;).
760 set realname='Mutt user' ; ignore x-
762 The hash mark, or pound sign (``#''), is used as a ``comment'' character. You
763 can use it to annotate your initialization file. All text after the comment
764 character to the end of the line is ignored. For example,
766 my_hdr X-Disclaimer: Why are you listening to me? # This is a comment
768 Single quotes (') and double quotes (') can be used to quote strings which con-
769 tain spaces or other special characters. The difference between the two types
770 of quotes is similar to that of many popular shell programs, namely that a sin-
771 gle quote is used to specify a literal string (one that is not interpreted for
772 shell variables or quoting with a backslash [see next paragraph]), while double
773 quotes indicate a string for which should be evaluated. For example, backtics
774 are evaluated inside of double quotes, but n
\bno
\bot
\bt for single quotes.
776 \ quotes the next character, just as in shells such as bash and zsh. For exam-
777 ple, if want to put quotes ``''' inside of a string, you can use ``\'' to force
778 the next character to be a literal instead of interpreted character.
780 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
782 ``\\'' means to insert a literal ``\'' into the line. ``\n'' and ``\r'' have
783 their usual C meanings of linefeed and carriage-return, respectively.
785 A \ at the end of a line can be used to split commands over multiple lines,
786 provided that the split points don't appear in the middle of command names.
788 Please note that, unlike the various shells, mutt-ng interprets a ``\'' at the
789 end of a line also in comments. This allows you to disable a command split over
790 multiple lines with only one ``#''.
792 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 16
795 set realname="Michael \"MuttDude\" Elkins"
797 When testing your config files, beware the following caveat. The backslash at
798 the end of the commented line extends the current line with the next line -
799 then referred to as a ``continuation line''. As the first line is commented
800 with a hash (#) all following continuation lines are also part of a comment and
801 therefore are ignored, too. So take care of comments when continuation lines
802 are involved within your setup files!
812 line1 ``continues'' until line4. however, the part after the # is a comment
813 which includes line3 and line4. line5 is a new line of its own and thus is
816 It is also possible to substitute the output of a Unix command in an initial-
817 ization file. This is accomplished by enclosing the command in backquotes
820 my_hdr X-Operating-System: `uname -a`
822 The output of the Unix command ``uname -a'' will be substituted before the line
823 is parsed. Note that since initialization files are line oriented, only the
824 first line of output from the Unix command will be substituted.
826 UNIX environments can be accessed like the way it is done in shells like sh and
827 bash: Prepend the name of the environment by a ``$''. For example,
829 set record=+sent_on_$HOSTNAME
831 The commands understood by mutt are explained in the next paragraphs. For a
832 complete list, see the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.2 , page 62).
834 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b/_
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
836 Usage: alias _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
838 It's usually very cumbersome to remember or type out the address of someone you
839 are communicating with. Mutt allows you to create ``aliases'' which map a
840 short string to a full address.
842 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you want to create an alias for a group (by specifying more than one
844 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 17
846 address), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt separate the addresses with a comma (``,'').
848 To remove an alias or aliases (``*'' means all aliases):
850 unalias [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\b._
\b._
\b. ]
852 alias muttdude me@cs.hmc.edu (Michael Elkins)
853 alias theguys manny, moe, jack
855 Unlike other mailers, Mutt doesn't require aliases to be defined in a special
856 file. The alias command can appear anywhere in a configuration file, as long
857 as this file is _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\bd (section 3.26 , page 32). Consequently, you can have
858 multiple alias files, or you can have all aliases defined in your muttrc.
860 On the other hand, the _
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 2.3.4 , page 7) function can use
861 only one file, the one pointed to by the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.3 , page 65)
862 variable (which is ~/.muttrc by default). This file is not special either, in
863 the sense that Mutt will happily append aliases to any file, but in order for
864 the new aliases to take effect you need to explicitly _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 ,
865 page 32) this file too.
869 source /usr/local/share/Mutt.aliases
870 source ~/.mail_aliases
871 set alias_file=~/.mail_aliases
873 To use aliases, you merely use the alias at any place in mutt where mutt
874 prompts for addresses, such as the _
\bT_
\bo_
\b: or _
\bC_
\bc_
\b: prompt. You can also enter
875 aliases in your editor at the appropriate headers if you have the _
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
876 (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable set.
878 In addition, at the various address prompts, you can use the tab character to
879 expand a partial alias to the full alias. If there are multiple matches, mutt
880 will bring up a menu with the matching aliases. In order to be presented with
881 the full list of aliases, you must hit tab with out a partial alias, such as at
882 the beginning of the prompt or after a comma denoting multiple addresses.
884 In the alias menu, you can select as many aliases as you want with the _
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b-
885 _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by key (default: RET), and use the _
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt key (default: q) to return to the
888 _
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs
890 Usage: bind _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
892 This command allows you to change the default key bindings (operation invoked
893 when pressing a key).
895 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp specifies in which menu the binding belongs. Multiple maps may be
897 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 18
899 specified by separating them with commas (no additional whitespace is allowed).
900 The currently defined maps are:
903 This is not a real menu, but is used as a fallback for all of the
904 other menus except for the pager and editor modes. If a key is not
905 defined in another menu, Mutt will look for a binding to use in
906 this menu. This allows you to bind a key to a certain function in
907 multiple menus instead of having multiple bind statements to accom-
911 The alias menu is the list of your personal aliases as defined in
912 your muttrc. It is the mapping from a short alias name to the full
913 email address(es) of the recipient(s).
916 The attachment menu is used to access the attachments on received
920 The browser is used for both browsing the local directory struc-
921 ture, and for listing all of your incoming mailboxes.
924 The editor is the line-based editor the user enters text data.
927 The index is the list of messages contained in a mailbox.
930 The compose menu is the screen used when sending a new message.
933 The pager is the mode used to display message/attachment data, and
937 The pgp menu is used to select the OpenPGP keys used for encrypting
941 The postpone menu is similar to the index menu, except is used when
942 recalling a message the user was composing, but saved until later.
944 _
\bk_
\be_
\by is the key (or key sequence) you wish to bind. To specify a control char-
945 acter, use the sequence _
\b\_
\bC_
\bx, where _
\bx is the letter of the control character
946 (for example, to specify control-A use ``\Ca''). Note that the case of _
\bx as
947 well as _
\b\_
\bC is ignored, so that _
\b\_
\bC_
\bA, _
\b\_
\bC_
\ba, _
\b\_
\bc_
\bA and _
\b\_
\bc_
\ba are all equivalent. An
948 alternative form is to specify the key as a three digit octal number prefixed
949 with a ``\'' (for example _
\b\_
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 is equivalent to _
\b\_
\bc_
\b?).
951 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 19
953 In addition, _
\bk_
\be_
\by may consist of:
967 <backspace> Backspace
976 <f10> function key 10
978 _
\bk_
\be_
\by does not need to be enclosed in quotes unless it contains a space (`` '').
980 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn specifies which action to take when _
\bk_
\be_
\by is pressed. For a complete
981 list of functions, see the _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 146). The special
982 function noop unbinds the specified key sequence.
984 _
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bs
986 Usage: charset-hook _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
988 Usage: iconv-hook _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
990 The charset-hook command defines an alias for a character set. This is useful
991 to properly display messages which are tagged with a character set name not
994 The iconv-hook command defines a system-specific name for a character set.
995 This is helpful when your systems character conversion library insists on using
996 strange, system-specific names for character sets.
998 _
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1000 Usage: folder-hook [!]_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1002 It is often desirable to change settings based on which mailbox you are read-
1003 ing. The folder-hook command provides a method by which you can execute any
1004 configuration command. _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp is a regular expression specifying in which
1006 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 20
1008 mailboxes to execute _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd before loading. If a mailbox matches multiple
1009 folder-hook's, they are executed in the order given in the muttrc.
1011 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if you use the ``!'' shortcut for _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.293 , page
1012 135) at the beginning of the pattern, you must place it inside of double or
1013 single quotes in order to distinguish it from the logical _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt operator for the
1016 Note that the settings are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt restored when you leave the mailbox. For exam-
1017 ple, a command action to perform is to change the sorting method based upon the
1020 folder-hook mutt set sort=threads
1022 However, the sorting method is not restored to its previous value when reading
1023 a different mailbox. To specify a _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt command, use the pattern ``.'':
1025 folder-hook . set sort=date-sent
1027 _
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\bK_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs
1029 Usage: macro _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
1031 Macros are useful when you would like a single key to perform a series of
1032 actions. When you press _
\bk_
\be_
\by in menu _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, Mutt will behave as if you had typed
1033 _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be. So if you have a common sequence of commands you type, you can cre-
1034 ate a macro to execute those commands with a single key.
1036 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu is the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp (section 3.3 , page 17) which the macro will be bound. Multi-
1037 ple maps may be specified by separating multiple menu arguments by commas.
1038 Whitespace may not be used in between the menu arguments and the commas sepa-
1041 _
\bk_
\be_
\by and _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be are expanded by the same rules as the _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1042 3.3 , page 17). There are some additions however. The first is that control
1043 characters in _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be can also be specified as _
\b^_
\bx. In order to get a caret
1044 (`^'') you need to use _
\b^_
\b^. Secondly, to specify a certain key such as _
\bu_
\bp or to
1045 invoke a function directly, you can use the format _
\b<_
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> and _
\b<_
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1046 _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b>. For a listing of key names see the section on _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs (section
1047 3.3 , page 17). Functions are listed in the _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section
1050 The advantage with using function names directly is that the macros will work
1051 regardless of the current key bindings, so they are not dependent on the user
1052 having particular key definitions. This makes them more robust and portable,
1053 and also facilitates defining of macros in files used by more than one user
1054 (eg. the system Muttrc).
1056 Optionally you can specify a descriptive text after _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be, which is shown in
1059 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 21
1061 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Macro definitions (if any) listed in the help screen(s), are silently
1062 truncated at the screen width, and are not wrapped.
1064 _
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo _
\bv_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bo _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
1066 Usage: color _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1068 Usage: color index _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1070 Usage: uncolor index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1072 If your terminal supports color, you can spice up Mutt by creating your own
1073 color scheme. To define the color of an object (type of information), you must
1074 specify both a foreground color a
\ban
\bnd
\bd a background color (it is not possible to
1075 only specify one or the other).
1077 _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt can be one of:
1081 +
\bo body (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the body of messages)
1083 +
\bo bold (highlighting bold patterns in the body of messages)
1085 +
\bo error (error messages printed by Mutt)
1087 +
\bo header (match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp in the message header)
1089 +
\bo hdrdefault (default color of the message header in the pager)
1091 +
\bo index (match _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn in the message index)
1093 +
\bo indicator (arrow or bar used to indicate the current item in a menu)
1095 +
\bo markers (the ``+'' markers at the beginning of wrapped lines in the pager)
1097 +
\bo message (informational messages)
1101 +
\bo quoted (text matching _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.223 , page 119) in the
1104 +
\bo quoted1, quoted2, ..., quotedN
\bN (higher levels of quoting)
1106 +
\bo search (highlighting of words in the pager)
1110 +
\bo status (mode lines used to display info about the mailbox or message)
1112 +
\bo tilde (the ``~'' used to pad blank lines in the pager)
1114 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 22
1116 +
\bo tree (thread tree drawn in the message index and attachment menu)
1118 +
\bo underline (highlighting underlined patterns in the body of messages)
1120 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd and _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can be one of the following:
1142 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd can optionally be prefixed with the keyword bright to make the fore-
1143 ground color boldfaced (e.g., brightred).
1145 If your terminal supports it, the special keyword _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt can be used as a
1146 transparent color. The value _
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt is also valid. If Mutt is linked
1147 against the _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library, you also need to set the _
\bC_
\bO_
\bL_
\bO_
\bR_
\bF_
\bG_
\bB_
\bG environment
1148 variable to the default colors of your terminal for this to work; for example
1149 (for Bourne-like shells):
1151 set COLORFGBG="green;black"
1154 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The _
\bS_
\b-_
\bL_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg library requires you to use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bg_
\bh_
\bt_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\by and _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bn keywords
1155 instead of _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bt_
\be and _
\by_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw when setting this variable.
1157 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The uncolor command can be applied to the index object only. It removes
1158 entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the same pattern specified in the color
1159 command for it to be removed. The pattern ``*'' is a special token which means
1160 to clear the color index list of all entries.
1162 Mutt also recognizes the keywords _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b0, _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b1, ..., _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\brN
\bN-
\b-1
\b1 (N
\bN being the
1163 number of colors supported by your terminal). This is useful when you remap
1164 the colors for your display (for example by changing the color associated with
1165 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br_
\b2 for your xterm), since color names may then lose their normal meaning.
1167 If your terminal does not support color, it is still possible change the video
1169 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 23
1171 attributes through the use of the ``mono'' command:
1173 Usage: mono _
\b<_
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b> _
\b<_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be_
\b> [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
1175 Usage: mono index _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1177 Usage: unmono index _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1179 where _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be is one of the following:
1191 _
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\bI_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\b(_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bw_
\ba_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1193 Usage: [un]ignore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1195 Messages often have many header fields added by automatic processing systems,
1196 or which may not seem useful to display on the screen. This command allows you
1197 to specify header fields which you don't normally want to see.
1199 You do not need to specify the full header field name. For example, ``ignore
1200 content-'' will ignore all header fields that begin with the pattern ``con-
1201 tent-''. ``ignore *'' will ignore all headers.
1203 To remove a previously added token from the list, use the ``unignore'' command.
1204 The ``unignore'' command will make Mutt display headers with the given pattern.
1205 For example, if you do ``ignore x-'' it is possible to ``unignore x-mailer''.
1207 ``unignore *'' will remove all tokens from the ignore list.
1211 # Sven's draconian header weeding
1213 unignore from date subject to cc
1214 unignore organization organisation x-mailer: x-newsreader: x-mailing-list:
1217 _
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bs
1219 Usage: [un]alternates _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1221 With various functions, mutt will treat messages differently, depending on
1222 whether you sent them or whether you received them from someone else. For
1223 instance, when replying to a message that you sent to a different party, mutt
1225 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 24
1227 will automatically suggest to send the response to the original message's
1228 recipients -- responding to yourself won't make much sense in many cases. (See
1229 _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.231 , page 120).)
1231 Many users receive e-mail under a number of different addresses. To fully use
1232 mutt's features here, the program must be able to recognize what e-mail
1233 addresses you receive mail under. That's the purpose of the alternates command:
1234 It takes a list of regular expressions, each of which can identify an address
1235 under which you receive e-mail.
1237 The unalternates command can be used to write exceptions to alternates pat-
1238 terns. If an address matches something in an alternates command, but you none-
1239 theless do not think it is from you, you can list a more precise pattern under
1240 an unalternates command.
1242 To remove a regular expression from the alternates list, use the unalternates
1243 command with exactly the same _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. Likewise, if the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for a alternates
1244 command matches an entry on the unalternates list, that unalternates entry will
1245 be removed. If the _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp for unalternates is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs on alternates
1248 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
1250 Usage: [un]lists _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1252 Usage: [un]subscribe _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
1254 Mutt has a few nice features for _
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 4.9 , page
1255 44). In order to take advantage of them, you must specify which addresses
1256 belong to mailing lists, and which mailing lists you are subscribed to. Once
1257 you have done this, the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 2.3.4 , page 8) function will work
1258 for all known lists. Additionally, when you send a message to a subscribed
1259 list, mutt will add a Mail-Followup-To header to tell other users' mail user
1260 agents not to send copies of replies to your personal address. Note that the
1261 Mail-Followup-To header is a non-standard extension which is not supported by
1262 all mail user agents. Adding it is not bullet-proof against receiving personal
1263 CCs of list messages. Also note that the generation of the Mail-Followup-To
1264 header is controlled by the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.65 , page 80) configura-
1267 More precisely, Mutt maintains lists of patterns for the addresses of known and
1268 subscribed mailing lists. Every subscribed mailing list is known. To mark a
1269 mailing list as known, use the ``lists'' command. To mark it as subscribed,
1272 You can use regular expressions with both commands. To mark all messages sent
1273 to a specific bug report's address on mutt's bug tracking system as list mail,
1274 for instance, you could say ``subscribe [0-9]*@bugs.guug.de''. Often, it's
1275 sufficient to just give a portion of the list's e-mail address.
1277 Specify as much of the address as you need to to remove ambiguity. For exam-
1278 ple, if you've subscribed to the Mutt mailing list, you will receive mail
1279 addressed to _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg. So, to tell Mutt that this is a mailing
1280 list, you could add ``lists mutt-users'' to your initialization file. To tell
1282 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 25
1284 mutt that you are subscribed to it, add ``subscribe mutt-users'' to your ini-
1285 tialization file instead. If you also happen to get mail from someone whose
1286 address is _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b-_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\b@_
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b._
\bc_
\bo_
\bm, you could use ``lists mutt-
1287 users@mutt\\.org'' or ``subscribe mutt-users@mutt\\.org'' to match only mail
1288 from the actual list.
1290 The ``unlists'' command is used to remove a token from the list of known and
1291 subscribed mailing-lists. Use ``unlists *'' to remove all tokens.
1293 To remove a mailing list from the list of subscribed mailing lists, but keep it
1294 on the list of known mailing lists, use ``unsubscribe''.
1296 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs
1298 Usage: mbox-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1300 This command is used to move read messages from a specified mailbox to a dif-
1301 ferent mailbox automatically when you quit or change folders. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a
1302 regular expression specifying the mailbox to treat as a ``spool'' mailbox and
1303 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx specifies where mail should be saved when read.
1305 Unlike some of the other _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk commands, only the _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt matching pattern is used
1306 (it is not possible to save read mail in more than a single mailbox).
1308 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
1310 Usage: [un]mailboxes [!]_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1312 This command specifies folders which can receive mail and which will be checked
1313 for new messages. By default, the main menu status bar displays how many of
1314 these folders have new messages.
1316 When changing folders, pressing _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be will cycle through folders with new mail.
1318 Pressing TAB in the directory browser will bring up a menu showing the files
1319 specified by the mailboxes command, and indicate which contain new messages.
1320 Mutt will automatically enter this mode when invoked from the command line with
1323 The ``unmailboxes'' command is used to remove a token from the list of folders
1324 which receive mail. Use ``unmailboxes *'' to remove all tokens.
1326 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: new mail is detected by comparing the last modification time to the last
1327 access time. Utilities like biff or frm or any other program which accesses
1328 the mailbox might cause Mutt to never detect new mail for that mailbox if they
1329 do not properly reset the access time. Backup tools are another common reason
1330 for updated access times.
1332 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the filenames in the mailboxes command are resolved when the command is
1333 executed, so if these names contain _
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 4.8 , page
1334 44) (such as ``='' and ``!''), any variable definition that affect these char-
1335 acters (like _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
1336 6.3.293 , page 135)) should be executed before the mailboxes command.
1338 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 26
1340 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bd _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
1344 my_hdr _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1346 unmy_hdr _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
1348 The ``my_hdr'' command allows you to create your own header fields which will
1349 be added to every message you send.
1351 For example, if you would like to add an ``Organization:'' header field to all
1352 of your outgoing messages, you can put the command
1354 my_hdr Organization: A Really Big Company, Anytown, USA
1358 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: space characters are _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt allowed between the keyword and the colon
1359 (``:''). The standard for electronic mail (RFC822) says that space is illegal
1360 there, so Mutt enforces the rule.
1362 If you would like to add a header field to a single message, you should either
1363 set the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77) variable, or use the _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b-
1364 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs function (default: ``E'') in the send-menu so that you can edit the
1365 header of your message along with the body.
1367 To remove user defined header fields, use the ``unmy_hdr'' command. You may
1368 specify an asterisk (``*'') to remove all header fields, or the fields to
1369 remove. For example, to remove all ``To'' and ``Cc'' header fields, you could
1374 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bD_
\be_
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs
1376 Usage: hdr_order _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b1 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b2 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b3
1378 With this command, you can specify an order in which mutt will attempt to
1379 present headers to you when viewing messages.
1381 ``unhdr_order *'' will clear all previous headers from the order list, thus
1382 removing the header order effects set by the system-wide startup file.
1384 hdr_order From Date: From: To: Cc: Subject:
1386 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1388 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 27
1390 Usage: save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
1392 This command is used to override the default filename used when saving mes-
1393 sages. _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be will be used as the default filename if the message is _
\bF_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\b:
1394 an address matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp or if you are the author and the message is
1395 addressed _
\bt_
\bo_
\b: something matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
1397 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1398 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1402 save-hook me@(turing\\.)?cs\\.hmc\\.edu$ +elkins
1403 save-hook aol\\.com$ +spam
1405 Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) command.
1407 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1409 Usage: fcc-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1411 This command is used to save outgoing mail in a mailbox other than _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
1412 (section 6.3.228 , page 120). Mutt searches the initial list of message
1413 recipients for the first matching _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp and uses _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx as the default Fcc:
1414 mailbox. If no match is found the message will be saved to _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section
1415 6.3.228 , page 120) mailbox.
1417 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1418 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1420 Example: fcc-hook [@.]aol\\.com$ +spammers
1422 The above will save a copy of all messages going to the aol.com domain to the
1423 `+spammers' mailbox by default. Also see the _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 ,
1426 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\bS_
\bp_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bf_
\by _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bF_
\bc_
\bc_
\b: _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\ba_
\bt _
\bo_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
1428 Usage: fcc-save-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
1430 This command is a shortcut, equivalent to doing both a _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
1431 3.16 , page 27) and a _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) with its arguments.
1433 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\ba_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bu_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
1435 Usage: reply-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1437 Usage: send-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1439 Usage: send2-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1441 These commands can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands based
1443 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 28
1445 upon recipients of the message. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a regular expression matching the
1446 desired address. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed when _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp matches recipients of the
1449 reply-hook is matched against the message you are _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg t
\bto
\bo, instead of the
1450 message you are _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg. send-hook is matched against all messages, both _
\bn_
\be_
\bw
1451 and _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bs. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: reply-hooks are matched b
\bbe
\bef
\bfo
\bor
\bre
\be the send-hook, r
\bre
\beg
\bga
\bar
\brd
\bdl
\ble
\bes
\bss
\bs of
1452 the order specified in the users's configuration file.
1454 send2-hook is matched every time a message is changed, either by editing it, or
1455 by using the compose menu to change its recipients or subject. send2-hook is
1456 executed after send-hook, and can, e.g., be used to set parameters such as the
1457 _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 , page 124) variable depending on the message's
1460 For each type of send-hook or reply-hook, when multiple matches occur, commands
1461 are executed in the order they are specified in the muttrc (for that type of
1464 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1465 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1467 Example: send-hook mutt 'set mime_forward signature='''
1469 Another typical use for this command is to change the values of the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\b-
1470 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68), _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.257 , page 127) and
1471 _
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.112 , page 93) variables in order to change the language
1472 of the attributions and signatures based upon the recipients.
1474 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the send-hook's are only executed ONCE after getting the initial list of
1475 recipients. Adding a recipient after replying or editing the message will NOT
1476 cause any send-hook to be executed. Also note that my_hdr commands which mod-
1477 ify recipient headers, or the message's subject, don't have any effect on the
1478 current message when executed from a send-hook.
1480 _
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bC_
\bh_
\ba_
\bn_
\bg_
\be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1482 Usage: message-hook [!]_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1484 This command can be used to execute arbitrary configuration commands before
1485 viewing or formatting a message based upon information about the message. _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\b-
1486 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is executed if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches the message to be displayed. When mul-
1487 tiple matches occur, commands are executed in the order they are specified in
1490 See _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs (section 4.4.1 , page 41) for information on the
1491 exact format of _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn.
1495 message-hook ~A 'set pager=builtin'
1496 message-hook '~f freshmeat-news' 'set pager="less \"+/^ subject: .*\""'
1498 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 29
1500 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bC_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bi_
\bp_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
1502 Usage: crypt-hook _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bi_
\bd
1504 When encrypting messages with PGP or OpenSSL, you may want to associate a cer-
1505 tain key with a given e-mail address automatically, either because the recipi-
1506 ent's public key can't be deduced from the destination address, or because, for
1507 some reasons, you need to override the key Mutt would normally use. The crypt-
1508 hook command provides a method by which you can specify the ID of the public
1509 key to be used when encrypting messages to a certain recipient.
1511 The meaning of "key id" is to be taken broadly in this context: You can either
1512 put a numerical key ID here, an e-mail address, or even just a real name.
1514 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bs _
\bt_
\bo _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bb_
\bo_
\ba_
\br_
\bd _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\be_
\br
1516 Usage: push _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1518 This command adds the named string to the keyboard buffer. The string may con-
1519 tain control characters, key names and function names like the sequence string
1520 in the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) command. You may use it to automatically
1521 run a sequence of commands at startup, or when entering certain folders.
1523 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bE_
\bx_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1525 Usage: exec _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
1527 This command can be used to execute any function. Functions are listed in the
1528 _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\br_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be (section 6.4 , page 146). ``exec function'' is equivalent
1529 to ``push <function>''.
1531 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bS_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
1533 Usage: score _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
1535 Usage: unscore _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
1537 The score commands adds _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be to a message's score if _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn matches it. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\b-
1538 _
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn is a string in the format described in the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page
1539 36) section (note: For efficiency reasons, patterns which scan information not
1540 available in the index, such as ~b, ~B or ~h, may not be used). _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be is a
1541 positive or negative integer. A message's final score is the sum total of all
1542 matching score entries. However, you may optionally prefix _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be with an equal
1543 sign (=) to cause evaluation to stop at a particular entry if there is a match.
1544 Negative final scores are rounded up to 0.
1546 The unscore command removes score entries from the list. You m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt specify the
1547 same pattern specified in the score command for it to be removed. The pattern
1548 ``*'' is a special token which means to clear the list of all score entries.
1550 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bS_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm _
\bd_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
1552 Usage: spam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1554 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 30
1556 Usage: nospam _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
1558 Mutt has generalized support for external spam-scoring filters. By defining
1559 your spam patterns with the spam and nospam commands, you can _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt, _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh,
1560 and _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt your mail based on its spam attributes, as determined by the external
1561 filter. You also can display the spam attributes in your index display using
1562 the %H selector in the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89) variable.
1563 (Tip: try %?H?[%H] ? to display spam tags only when they are defined for a
1566 Your first step is to define your external filter's spam patterns using the
1567 spam command. _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn should be a regular expression that matches a header in a
1568 mail message. If any message in the mailbox matches this regular expression, it
1569 will receive a ``spam tag'' or ``spam attribute'' (unless it also matches a
1570 nospam pattern -- see below.) The appearance of this attribute is entirely up
1571 to you, and is governed by the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt parameter. _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt can be any static text,
1572 but it also can include back-references from the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn expression. (A regular
1573 expression ``back-reference'' refers to a sub-expression contained within
1574 parentheses.) %1 is replaced with the first back-reference in the regex, %2
1575 with the second, etc.
1577 If you're using multiple spam filters, a message can have more than one spam-
1578 related header. You can define spam patterns for each filter you use. If a mes-
1579 sage matches two or more of these patterns, and the $spam_separator variable is
1580 set to a string, then the message's spam tag will consist of all the _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
1581 strings joined together, with the value of $spam_separator separating them.
1583 For example, suppose I use DCC, SpamAssassin, and PureMessage. I might define
1584 these spam settings:
1586 spam "X-DCC-.*-Metrics:.*(....)=many" "90+/DCC-%1"
1587 spam "X-Spam-Status: Yes" "90+/SA"
1588 spam "X-PerlMX-Spam: .*Probability=([0-9]+)%" "%1/PM"
1589 set spam_separator=", "
1591 If I then received a message that DCC registered with ``many'' hits under the
1592 ``Fuz2'' checksum, and that PureMessage registered with a 97% probability of
1593 being spam, that message's spam tag would read 90+/DCC-Fuz2, 97/PM. (The four
1594 characters before ``=many'' in a DCC report indicate the checksum used -- in
1595 this case, ``Fuz2''.)
1597 If the $spam_separator variable is unset, then each spam pattern match super-
1598 sedes the previous one. Instead of getting joined _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt strings, you'll get
1599 only the last one to match.
1601 The spam tag is what will be displayed in the index when you use %H in the
1602 $index_format variable. It's also the string that the ~H pattern-matching
1603 expression matches against for _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh and _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt functions. And it's what sort-
1604 ing by spam attribute will use as a sort key.
1606 That's a pretty complicated example, and most people's actual environments will
1607 have only one spam filter. The simpler your configuration, the more effective
1608 mutt can be, especially when it comes to sorting.
1610 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 31
1612 Generally, when you sort by spam tag, mutt will sort _
\bl_
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by -- that is, by
1613 ordering strings alphnumerically. However, if a spam tag begins with a number,
1614 mutt will sort numerically first, and lexically only when two numbers are equal
1615 in value. (This is like UNIX's sort -n.) A message with no spam attributes at
1616 all -- that is, one that didn't match _
\ba_
\bn_
\by of your spam patterns -- is sorted at
1617 lowest priority. Numbers are sorted next, beginning with 0 and ranging upward.
1618 Finally, non-numeric strings are sorted, with ``a'' taking lower priority than
1619 ``z''. Clearly, in general, sorting by spam tags is most effective when you can
1620 coerce your filter to give you a raw number. But in case you can't, mutt can
1621 still do something useful.
1623 The nospam command can be used to write exceptions to spam patterns. If a
1624 header pattern matches something in a spam command, but you nonetheless do not
1625 want it to receive a spam tag, you can list a more precise pattern under a
1628 If the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn given to nospam is exactly the same as the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn on an exist-
1629 ing spam list entry, the effect will be to remove the entry from the spam list,
1630 instead of adding an exception. Likewise, if the _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for a spam command
1631 matches an entry on the nospam list, that nospam entry will be removed. If the
1632 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn for nospam is ``*'', _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl _
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs _
\bo_
\bn _
\bb_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs will be removed. This
1633 might be the default action if you use spam and nospam in conjunction with a
1636 You can have as many spam or nospam commands as you like. You can even do your
1637 own primitive spam detection within mutt -- for example, if you consider all
1638 mail from MAILER-DAEMON to be spam, you can use a spam command like this:
1640 spam "^From: .*MAILER-DAEMON" "999"
1642 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bS_
\be_
\bt_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
1644 Usage: set [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1646 Usage: toggle _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1648 Usage: unset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1650 Usage: reset _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
1652 This command is used to set (and unset) _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3 ,
1653 page 64). There are four basic types of variables: boolean, number, string and
1654 quadoption. _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables can be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (true) or _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (false). _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br
1655 variables can be assigned a positive integer value.
1657 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg variables consist of any number of printable characters. _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\bs must
1658 be enclosed in quotes if they contain spaces or tabs. You may also use the
1659 ``C'' escape sequences \
\b\n
\bn and \
\b\t
\bt for newline and tab, respectively.
1661 _
\bq_
\bu_
\ba_
\bd_
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn variables are used to control whether or not to be prompted for cer-
1662 tain actions, or to specify a default action. A value of _
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause the
1663 action to be carried out automatically as if you had answered yes to the
1665 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 32
1667 question. Similarly, a value of _
\bn_
\bo will cause the the action to be carried out
1668 as if you had answered ``no.'' A value of _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs will cause a prompt with a
1669 default answer of ``yes'' and _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo will provide a default answer of ``no.''
1671 Prefixing a variable with ``no'' will unset it. Example: set noaskbcc.
1673 For _
\bb_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\bn variables, you may optionally prefix the variable name with inv to
1674 toggle the value (on or off). This is useful when writing macros. Example:
1677 The toggle command automatically prepends the inv prefix to all specified vari-
1680 The unset command automatically prepends the no prefix to all specified vari-
1683 Using the enter-command function in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu, you can query the value of
1684 a variable by prefixing the name of the variable with a question mark:
1688 The question mark is actually only required for boolean and quadoption vari-
1691 The reset command resets all given variables to the compile time defaults
1692 (hopefully mentioned in this manual). If you use the command set and prefix the
1693 variable with ``&'' this has the same behavior as the reset command.
1695 With the reset command there exists the special variable ``all'', which allows
1696 you to reset all variables to their system defaults.
1698 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bR_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\ba_
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
1700 Usage: source _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
1702 This command allows the inclusion of initialization commands from other files.
1703 For example, I place all of my aliases in ~/.mail_aliases so that I can make my
1704 ~/.muttrc readable and keep my aliases private.
1706 If the filename begins with a tilde (``~''), it will be expanded to the path of
1707 your home directory.
1709 If the filename ends with a vertical bar (|), then _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be is considered to be
1710 an executable program from which to read input (eg. source ~/bin/myscript|).
1712 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bf_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be_
\bs _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\by
1714 Usage: ifdef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd Usage: ifndef _
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bm _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
1716 These command allows to test if a variable, function or certain feature is
1717 available or not respectively, before actually executing the command. ifdef
1718 (short for ``if defined) handles commands if upon availability while ifndef
1720 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 33
1722 (short for ``if not defined'') does if not. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd may be any valid frac-
1723 tion of a configuration file.
1725 All names of variables and functions may be tested. Additionally, the following
1726 compile-features may be tested when prefixed with 'feature_': ncurses, slang,
1727 iconv, idn, dotlock, standalone, pop, nntp, imap, ssl, gnutls, sasl, sasl2,
1728 libesmtp, compressed, color, classic_pgp, classic_smime, gpgme, header_cache.
1732 To only source a file with IMAP related settings only if IMAP support is com-
1735 ifdef feature_imap 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1737 # ifdef imap_user 'source ~/.mutt-ng/imap_setup'
1741 To exit mutt-ng directly if no NNTP support is compiled in:
1743 ifndef feature_nntp 'push q'
1745 # ifndef newsrc 'push q'
1749 To only set the _
\b<_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.97 , page 87) when the system's
1750 SVN is recent enough to have it:
1752 ifdef imap_mail_check 'set imap_mail_check=300'
1754 _
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bR_
\be_
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
1756 Usage: unhook [ * | _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ]
1758 This command permits you to flush hooks you have previously defined. You can
1759 either remove all hooks by giving the ``*'' character as an argument, or you
1760 can remove all hooks of a specific type by saying something like unhook send-
1763 _
\b4_
\b. _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
1765 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bR_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
1767 All string patterns in Mutt including those in more complex _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section
1768 4.2 , page 36) must be specified using regular expressions (regexp) in the
1769 ``POSIX extended'' syntax (which is more or less the syntax used by egrep and
1770 GNU awk). For your convenience, we have included below a brief description of
1773 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 34
1775 The search is case sensitive if the pattern contains at least one upper case
1776 letter, and case insensitive otherwise. Note that ``\'' must be quoted if used
1777 for a regular expression in an initialization command: ``\\''.
1779 A regular expression is a pattern that describes a set of strings. Regular
1780 expressions are constructed analogously to arithmetic expressions, by using
1781 various operators to combine smaller expressions.
1783 Note that the regular expression can be enclosed/delimited by either ' or '
1784 which is useful if the regular expression includes a white-space character.
1785 See _
\bS_
\by_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bx _
\bo_
\bf _
\bI_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bz_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bF_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 3.1 , page 14) for more informa-
1786 tion on ' and ' delimiter processing. To match a literal ' or ' you must pref-
1787 ace it with \ (backslash).
1789 The fundamental building blocks are the regular expressions that match a single
1790 character. Most characters, including all letters and digits, are regular
1791 expressions that match themselves. Any metacharacter with special meaning may
1792 be quoted by preceding it with a backslash.
1794 The period ``.'' matches any single character. The caret ``^'' and the dollar
1795 sign ``$'' are metacharacters that respectively match the empty string at the
1796 beginning and end of a line.
1798 A list of characters enclosed by ``['' and ``]'' matches any single character
1799 in that list; if the first character of the list is a caret ``^'' then it
1800 matches any character n
\bno
\bot
\bt in the list. For example, the regular expression
1801 [
\b[0
\b01
\b12
\b23
\b34
\b45
\b56
\b67
\b78
\b89
\b9]
\b] matches any single digit. A range of ASCII characters may be
1802 specified by giving the first and last characters, separated by a hyphen ``-''.
1803 Most metacharacters lose their special meaning inside lists. To include a lit-
1804 eral ``]'' place it first in the list. Similarly, to include a literal ``^''
1805 place it anywhere but first. Finally, to include a literal hyphen ``-'' place
1808 Certain named classes of characters are predefined. Character classes consist
1809 of ``[:'', a keyword denoting the class, and ``:]''. The following classes are
1810 defined by the POSIX standard:
1813 Alphanumeric characters.
1816 Alphabetic characters.
1819 Space or tab characters.
1828 Characters that are both printable and visible. (A space is
1830 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 35
1832 printable, but not visible, while an ``a'' is both.)
1835 Lower-case alphabetic characters.
1838 Printable characters (characters that are not control characters.)
1841 Punctuation characters (characters that are not letter, digits,
1842 control characters, or space characters).
1845 Space characters (such as space, tab and formfeed, to name a few).
1848 Upper-case alphabetic characters.
1851 Characters that are hexadecimal digits.
1853 A character class is only valid in a regular expression inside the brackets of
1854 a character list. Note that the brackets in these class names are part of the
1855 symbolic names, and must be included in addition to the brackets delimiting the
1856 bracket list. For example, [
\b[[
\b[:
\b:d
\bdi
\big
\bgi
\bit
\bt:
\b:]
\b]]
\b] is equivalent to [
\b[0
\b0-
\b-9
\b9]
\b].
1858 Two additional special sequences can appear in character lists. These apply to
1859 non-ASCII character sets, which can have single symbols (called collating ele-
1860 ments) that are represented with more than one character, as well as several
1861 characters that are equivalent for collating or sorting purposes:
1864 A collating symbol is a multi-character collating element enclosed
1865 in ``[.'' and ``.]''. For example, if ``ch'' is a collating ele-
1866 ment, then [
\b[[
\b[.
\b.c
\bch
\bh.
\b.]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that matches this collating ele-
1867 ment, while [
\b[c
\bch
\bh]
\b] is a regexp that matches either ``c'' or ``h''.
1870 An equivalence class is a locale-specific name for a list of char-
1871 acters that are equivalent. The name is enclosed in ``[='' and
1872 ``=]''. For example, the name ``e'' might be used to represent all
1873 of ``'' ``'' and ``e''. In this case, [
\b[[
\b[=
\b=e
\be=
\b=]
\b]]
\b] is a regexp that
1874 matches any of ``'', ``'' and ``e''.
1876 A regular expression matching a single character may be followed by one of sev-
1877 eral repetition operators:
1880 The preceding item is optional and matched at most once.
1883 The preceding item will be matched zero or more times.
1885 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 36
1888 The preceding item will be matched one or more times.
1891 The preceding item is matched exactly _
\bn times.
1894 The preceding item is matched _
\bn or more times.
1897 The preceding item is matched at most _
\bm times.
1900 The preceding item is matched at least _
\bn times, but no more than _
\bm
1903 Two regular expressions may be concatenated; the resulting regular expression
1904 matches any string formed by concatenating two substrings that respectively
1905 match the concatenated subexpressions.
1907 Two regular expressions may be joined by the infix operator ``|''; the result-
1908 ing regular expression matches any string matching either subexpression.
1910 Repetition takes precedence over concatenation, which in turn takes precedence
1911 over alternation. A whole subexpression may be enclosed in parentheses to
1912 override these precedence rules.
1914 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you compile Mutt with the GNU _
\br_
\bx package, the following operators may
1915 also be used in regular expressions:
1918 Matches the empty string at either the beginning or the end of a
1922 Matches the empty string within a word.
1925 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a word.
1928 Matches the empty string at the end of a word.
1931 Matches any word-constituent character (letter, digit, or under-
1935 Matches any character that is not word-constituent.
1938 Matches the empty string at the beginning of a buffer (string).
1940 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 37
1943 Matches the empty string at the end of a buffer.
1945 Please note however that these operators are not defined by POSIX, so they may
1946 or may not be available in stock libraries on various systems.
1948 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
1950 Many of Mutt's commands allow you to specify a pattern to match (limit, tag-
1951 pattern, delete-pattern, etc.). There are several ways to select messages:
1954 ~b EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message body
1955 ~B EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the whole message
1956 ~c USER messages carbon-copied to USER
1957 ~C EXPR message is either to: or cc: EXPR
1959 ~d [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-sent'' in a Date range
1961 ~e EXPR message which contains EXPR in the ``Sender'' field
1963 ~f USER messages originating from USER
1964 ~g cryptographically signed messages
1965 ~G cryptographically encrypted messages
1966 ~H EXPR messages with a spam attribute matching EXPR
1967 ~h EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the message header
1968 ~k message contains PGP key material
1969 ~i ID message which match ID in the ``Message-ID'' field
1970 ~L EXPR message is either originated or received by EXPR
1971 ~l message is addressed to a known mailing list
1972 ~m [MIN]-[MAX] message in the range MIN to MAX *)
1973 ~n [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a score in the range MIN to MAX *)
1976 ~p message is addressed to you (consults alternates)
1977 ~P message is from you (consults alternates)
1978 ~Q messages which have been replied to
1980 ~r [MIN]-[MAX] messages with ``date-received'' in a Date range
1981 ~S superseded messages
1982 ~s SUBJECT messages having SUBJECT in the ``Subject'' field.
1984 ~t USER messages addressed to USER
1986 ~v message is part of a collapsed thread.
1987 ~V cryptographically verified messages
1988 ~x EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `References' field
1989 ~y EXPR messages which contain EXPR in the `X-Label' field
1990 ~z [MIN]-[MAX] messages with a size in the range MIN to MAX *)
1991 ~= duplicated messages (see $duplicate_threads)
1992 ~$ unreferenced messages (requires threaded view)
1993 ~* ``From'' contains realname and (syntactically) valid
1994 address (excluded are addresses matching against
1996 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 38
1998 alternates or any alias)
2000 Where EXPR, USER, ID, and SUBJECT are _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.1 , page
2001 33). Special attention has to be made when using regular expressions inside of
2002 patterns. Specifically, Mutt's parser for these patterns will strip one level
2003 of backslash (\), which is normally used for quoting. If it is your intention
2004 to use a backslash in the regular expression, you will need to use two back-
2005 slashes instead (\\).
2007 *) The forms <[MAX], >[MIN], [MIN]- and -[MAX] are allowed, too.
2009 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b1 _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bM_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\br
2011 Note that patterns matching 'lists' of addresses (notably c,C,p,P and t) match
2012 if there is at least one match in the whole list. If you want to make sure that
2013 all elements of that list match, you need to prefix your pattern with ^. This
2014 example matches all mails which only has recipients from Germany.
2018 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\bx _
\bP_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs
2020 Logical AND is performed by specifying more than one criterion. For example:
2024 would select messages which contain the word ``mutt'' in the list of recipients
2025 a
\ban
\bnd
\bd that have the word ``elkins'' in the ``From'' header field.
2027 Mutt also recognizes the following operators to create more complex search pat-
2030 +
\bo ! -- logical NOT operator
2032 +
\bo | -- logical OR operator
2034 +
\bo () -- logical grouping operator
2036 Here is an example illustrating a complex search pattern. This pattern will
2037 select all messages which do not contain ``mutt'' in the ``To'' or ``Cc'' field
2038 and which are from ``elkins''.
2040 !(~t mutt|~c mutt) ~f elkins
2042 Here is an example using white space in the regular expression (note the ' and
2043 ' delimiters). For this to match, the mail's subject must match the ``^Junk
2044 +From +Me$'' and it must be from either ``Jim +Somebody'' or ``Ed
2046 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 39
2050 '~s "^Junk +From +Me$" ~f ("Jim +Somebody"|"Ed +SomeoneElse")'
2052 Note that if a regular expression contains parenthesis, or a veritical bar
2053 ("|"), you m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt enclose the expression in double or single quotes since those
2054 characters are also used to separate different parts of Mutt's pattern lan-
2057 ~f "me@(mutt\.org|cs\.hmc\.edu)"
2059 Without the quotes, the parenthesis wouldn't end. This would be separated to
2060 two OR'd patterns: _
\b~_
\bf _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\b(_
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b\_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg and _
\bc_
\bs_
\b\_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b\_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu_
\b). They are never what you
2063 _
\b4_
\b._
\b2_
\b._
\b3 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bb_
\by _
\bD_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
2065 Mutt supports two types of dates, _
\ba_
\bb_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bu_
\bt_
\be and _
\br_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be.
2067 A
\bAb
\bbs
\bso
\bol
\blu
\but
\bte
\be. Dates m
\bmu
\bus
\bst
\bt be in DD/MM/YY format (month and year are optional,
2068 defaulting to the current month and year). An example of a valid range of
2071 Limit to messages matching: ~d 20/1/95-31/10
2073 If you omit the minimum (first) date, and just specify ``-DD/MM/YY'', all mes-
2074 sages _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be the given date will be selected. If you omit the maximum (second)
2075 date, and specify ``DD/MM/YY-'', all messages _
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br the given date will be
2076 selected. If you specify a single date with no dash (``-''), only messages
2077 sent on the given date will be selected.
2079 E
\bEr
\brr
\bro
\bor
\br M
\bMa
\bar
\brg
\bgi
\bin
\bns
\bs. You can add error margins to absolute dates. An error margin
2080 is a sign (+ or -), followed by a digit, followed by one of the following
2088 As a special case, you can replace the sign by a ``*'' character, which is
2089 equivalent to giving identical plus and minus error margins.
2091 Example: To select any messages two weeks around January 15, 2001, you'd use
2092 the following pattern:
2094 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 40
2096 Limit to messages matching: ~d 15/1/2001*2w
2098 R
\bRe
\bel
\bla
\bat
\bti
\biv
\bve
\be. This type of date is relative to the current date, and may be speci-
2101 +
\bo >_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages older than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2103 +
\bo <_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages newer than _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units)
2105 +
\bo =_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (messages exactly _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt units old)
2107 _
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\bs_
\be_
\bt is specified as a positive number with one of the following units:
2114 Example: to select messages less than 1 month old, you would use
2116 Limit to messages matching: ~d <1m
2118 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: all dates used when searching are relative to the l
\blo
\boc
\bca
\bal
\bl time zone, so
2119 unless you change the setting of your _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page
2120 89) to include a %[...] format, these are n
\bno
\bot
\bt the dates shown in the main
2123 _
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bT_
\ba_
\bg_
\bs
2125 Sometimes it is desirable to perform an operation on a group of messages all at
2126 once rather than one at a time. An example might be to save messages to a
2127 mailing list to a separate folder, or to delete all messages with a given sub-
2128 ject. To tag all messages matching a pattern, use the tag-pattern function,
2129 which is bound to ``shift-T'' by default. Or you can select individual mes-
2130 sages by hand using the ``tag-message'' function, which is bound to ``t'' by
2131 default. See _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36) for Mutt's pattern matching
2134 Once you have tagged the desired messages, you can use the ``tag-prefix'' oper-
2135 ator, which is the ``;'' (semicolon) key by default. When the ``tag-prefix''
2136 operator is used, the n
\bne
\bex
\bxt
\bt operation will be applied to all tagged messages if
2137 that operation can be used in that manner. If the _
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg (section 6.3.16 ,
2138 page 69) variable is set, the next operation applies to the tagged messages
2139 automatically, without requiring the ``tag-prefix''.
2141 In _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bs (section 3.6 , page 20) or _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) commands,
2142 you can use the ``tag-prefix-cond'' operator. If there are no tagged messages,
2143 mutt will "eat" the rest of the macro to abort it's execution. Mutt will stop
2144 "eating" the macro when it encounters the ``end-cond'' operator; after this
2145 operator the rest of the macro will be executed as normal.
2147 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 41
2149 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2151 A _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk is a concept borrowed from the EMACS editor which allows you to execute
2152 arbitrary commands before performing some operation. For example, you may wish
2153 to tailor your configuration based upon which mailbox you are reading, or to
2154 whom you are sending mail. In the Mutt world, a _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk consists of a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br
2155 _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) or _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) along
2156 with a configuration option/command. See
2158 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19)
2160 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27)
2162 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28)
2164 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26)
2166 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)
2168 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)
2170 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27)
2172 for specific details on each type of _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk available.
2174 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if a hook changes configuration settings, these changes remain effective
2175 until the end of the current mutt session. As this is generally not desired, a
2176 default hook needs to be added before all other hooks to restore configuration
2177 defaults. Here is an example with send-hook and the my_hdr directive:
2179 send-hook . 'unmy_hdr From:'
2180 send-hook ~C'^b@b\.b$' my_hdr from: c@c.c
2182 _
\b4_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bM_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bM_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bi_
\bn _
\bH_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bs
2184 Hooks that act upon messages (send-hook, save-hook, fcc-hook, message-hook) are
2185 evaluated in a slightly different manner. For the other types of hooks, a _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\b-
2186 _
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 4.1 , page 33) is sufficient. But in dealing with
2187 messages a finer grain of control is needed for matching since for different
2188 purposes you want to match different criteria.
2190 Mutt allows the use of the _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn (section 4.2 , page 36) language for
2191 matching messages in hook commands. This works in exactly the same way as it
2192 would when _
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg or _
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg the mailbox, except that you are restricted to
2193 those operators which match information mutt extracts from the header of the
2194 message (i.e. from, to, cc, date, subject, etc.).
2196 For example, if you wanted to set your return address based upon sending mail
2197 to a specific address, you could do something like:
2199 send-hook '~t ^me@cs\.hmc\.edu$' 'my_hdr From: Mutt User <user@host>'
2201 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 42
2203 which would execute the given command when sending mail to _
\bm_
\be_
\b@_
\bc_
\bs_
\b._
\bh_
\bm_
\bc_
\b._
\be_
\bd_
\bu.
2205 However, it is not required that you write the pattern to match using the full
2206 searching language. You can still specify a simple _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\bu_
\bl_
\ba_
\br _
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn like the
2207 other hooks, in which case Mutt will translate your pattern into the full lan-
2208 guage, using the translation specified by the _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.45 ,
2209 page 75) variable. The pattern is translated at the time the hook is declared,
2210 so the value of _
\b$_
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 6.3.45 , page 75) that is in effect at
2211 that time will be used.
2213 _
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br
2215 The sidebar, a feature specific to Mutt-ng, allows you to use a mailbox listing
2216 which looks very similar to the ones you probably know from GUI mail clients.
2217 The sidebar lists all specified mailboxes, shows the number in each and high-
2218 lights the ones with new email Use the following configuration commands:
2220 set sidebar_visible="yes"
2221 set sidebar_width=25
2223 If you want to specify the mailboxes you can do so with:
2231 You can also specify the colors for mailboxes with new mails by using:
2233 color sidebar_new red black
2234 color sidebar white black
2236 The available functions are:
2238 sidebar-scroll-up Scrolls the mailbox list up 1 page
2239 sidebar-scroll-down Scrolls the mailbox list down 1 page
2240 sidebar-next Highlights the next mailbox
2241 sidebar-next-new Highlights the next mailbox with new mail
2242 sidebar-previous Highlights the previous mailbox
2243 sidebar-open Opens the currently highlighted mailbox
2245 Reasonable key bindings look e.g. like this:
2247 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 43
2249 bind index \Cp sidebar-prev
2250 bind index \Cn sidebar-next
2251 bind index \Cb sidebar-open
2252 bind pager \Cp sidebar-prev
2253 bind pager \Cn sidebar-next
2254 bind pager \Cb sidebar-open
2256 macro index B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2257 macro pager B ':toggle sidebar_visible^M'
2259 You can then go up and down by pressing Ctrl-P and Ctrl-N, and switch on and
2260 off the sidebar simply by pressing 'B'.
2262 _
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\bE_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bA_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs _
\bQ_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bs
2264 Mutt supports connecting to external directory databases such as LDAP, ph/qi,
2265 bbdb, or NIS through a wrapper script which connects to mutt using a simple
2266 interface. Using the _
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.219 , page 118) variable,
2267 you specify the wrapper command to use. For example:
2269 set query_command = "mutt_ldap_query.pl '%s'"
2271 The wrapper script should accept the query on the command-line. It should
2272 return a one line message, then each matching response on a single line, each
2273 line containing a tab separated address then name then some other optional
2274 information. On error, or if there are no matching addresses, return a non-
2275 zero exit code and a one line error message.
2277 An example multiple response output:
2279 Searching database ... 20 entries ... 3 matching:
2280 me@cs.hmc.edu Michael Elkins mutt dude
2281 blong@fiction.net Brandon Long mutt and more
2282 roessler@guug.de Thomas Roessler mutt pgp
2284 There are two mechanisms for accessing the query function of mutt. One is to
2285 do a query from the index menu using the query function (default: Q). This
2286 will prompt for a query, then bring up the query menu which will list the
2287 matching responses. From the query menu, you can select addresses to create
2288 aliases, or to mail. You can tag multiple addresses to mail, start a new
2289 query, or have a new query appended to the current responses.
2291 The other mechanism for accessing the query function is for address completion,
2292 similar to the alias completion. In any prompt for address entry, you can use
2293 the complete-query function (default: ^T) to run a query based on the current
2294 address you have typed. Like aliases, mutt will look for what you have typed
2295 back to the last space or comma. If there is a single response for that query,
2296 mutt will expand the address in place. If there are multiple responses, mutt
2297 will activate the query menu. At the query menu, you can select one or more
2298 addresses to be added to the prompt.
2300 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 44
2302 _
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bF_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bs
2304 Mutt supports reading and writing of four different mailbox formats: mbox,
2305 MMDF, MH and Maildir. The mailbox type is autodetected, so there is no need to
2306 use a flag for different mailbox types. When creating new mailboxes, Mutt uses
2307 the default specified with the _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.123 , page 95) vari-
2310 m
\bmb
\bbo
\box
\bx. This is the most widely used mailbox format for UNIX. All messages are
2311 stored in a single file. Each message has a line of the form:
2313 From me@cs.hmc.edu Fri, 11 Apr 1997 11:44:56 PST
2315 to denote the start of a new message (this is often referred to as the
2318 M
\bMM
\bMD
\bDF
\bF. This is a variant of the _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx format. Each message is surrounded by
2319 lines containing ``^A^A^A^A'' (four control-A's).
2321 M
\bMH
\bH. A radical departure from _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx and _
\bM_
\bM_
\bD_
\bF, a mailbox consists of a directory
2322 and each message is stored in a separate file. The filename indicates the mes-
2323 sage number (however, this is may not correspond to the message number Mutt
2324 displays). Deleted messages are renamed with a comma (,) prepended to the file-
2325 name. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt detects this type of mailbox by looking for either
2326 .mh_sequences or .xmhcache (needed to distinguish normal directories from MH
2329 M
\bMa
\bai
\bil
\bld
\bdi
\bir
\br. The newest of the mailbox formats, used by the Qmail MTA (a replace-
2330 ment for sendmail). Similar to _
\bM_
\bH, except that it adds three subdirectories of
2331 the mailbox: _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp, _
\bn_
\be_
\bw and _
\bc_
\bu_
\br. Filenames for the messages are chosen in such a
2332 way they are unique, even when two programs are writing the mailbox over NFS,
2333 which means that no file locking is needed.
2335 _
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bS_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\bc_
\bu_
\bt_
\bs
2337 There are a number of built in shortcuts which refer to specific mailboxes.
2338 These shortcuts can be used anywhere you are prompted for a file or mailbox
2341 +
\bo ! -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.293 , page 135) (incoming)
2344 +
\bo > -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.122 , page 95) file
2346 +
\bo < -- refers to your _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.228 , page 120) file
2348 +
\bo ^ -- refers to the current mailbox
2350 +
\bo - or !! -- refers to the file you've last visited
2352 +
\bo ~ -- refers to your home directory
2354 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 45
2356 +
\bo = or + -- refers to your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) directory
2358 +
\bo @_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs -- refers to the _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.15 , page 26) as
2359 determined by the address of the alias
2361 _
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bH_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bL_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs
2363 Mutt has a few configuration options that make dealing with large amounts of
2364 mail easier. The first thing you must do is to let Mutt know what addresses
2365 you consider to be mailing lists (technically this does not have to be a mail-
2366 ing list, but that is what it is most often used for), and what lists you are
2367 subscribed to. This is accomplished through the use of the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be
2368 (section 3.10 , page 24) commands in your muttrc.
2370 Now that Mutt knows what your mailing lists are, it can do several things, the
2371 first of which is the ability to show the name of a list through which you
2372 received a message (i.e., of a subscribed list) in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu display.
2373 This is useful to distinguish between personal and list mail in the same mail-
2374 box. In the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89) variable, the escape
2375 ``%L'' will return the string ``To <list>'' when ``list'' appears in the ``To''
2376 field, and ``Cc <list>'' when it appears in the ``Cc'' field (otherwise it
2377 returns the name of the author).
2379 Often times the ``To'' and ``Cc'' fields in mailing list messages tend to get
2380 quite large. Most people do not bother to remove the author of the message they
2381 are reply to from the list, resulting in two or more copies being sent to that
2382 person. The ``list-reply'' function, which by default is bound to ``L'' in the
2383 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu and _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br, helps reduce the clutter by only replying to the known
2384 mailing list addresses instead of all recipients (except as specified by Mail-
2385 Followup-To, see below).
2387 Mutt also supports the Mail-Followup-To header. When you send a message to a
2388 list of recipients which includes one or several subscribed mailing lists, and
2389 if the _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.65 , page 80) option is set, mutt will gener-
2390 ate a Mail-Followup-To header which contains all the recipients to whom you
2391 send this message, but not your address. This indicates that group-replies or
2392 list-replies (also known as ``followups'') to this message should only be sent
2393 to the original recipients of the message, and not separately to you - you'll
2394 receive your copy through one of the mailing lists you are subscribed to.
2396 Conversely, when group-replying or list-replying to a message which has a Mail-
2397 Followup-To header, mutt will respect this header if the _
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
2398 (section 6.3.87 , page 84) configuration variable is set. Using list-reply
2399 will in this case also make sure that the reply goes to the mailing list, even
2400 if it's not specified in the list of recipients in the Mail-Followup-To.
2402 Note that, when header editing is enabled, you can create a Mail-Followup-To
2403 header manually. Mutt will only auto-generate this header if it doesn't exist
2404 when you send the message.
2406 The other method some mailing list admins use is to generate a ``Reply-To''
2407 field which points back to the mailing list address rather than the author of
2408 the message. This can create problems when trying to reply directly to the
2409 author in private, since most mail clients will automatically reply to the
2411 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 46
2413 address given in the ``Reply-To'' field. Mutt uses the _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo (section
2414 6.3.231 , page 120) variable to help decide which address to use. If set to
2415 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you will be prompted as to whether or not you would like to
2416 use the address given in the ``Reply-To'' field, or reply directly to the
2417 address given in the ``From'' field. When set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, the ``Reply-To'' field
2418 will be used when present.
2420 The ``X-Label:'' header field can be used to further identify mailing lists or
2421 list subject matter (or just to annotate messages individually). The
2422 _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89) variable's ``%y'' and ``%Y'' escapes
2423 can be used to expand ``X-Label:'' fields in the index, and Mutt's pattern-
2424 matcher can match regular expressions to ``X-Label:'' fields with the `` y''
2425 selector. ``X-Label:'' is not a standard message header field, but it can eas-
2426 ily be inserted by procmail and other mail filtering agents.
2428 Lastly, Mutt has the ability to _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.287 , page 133) the mailbox
2429 into _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs (section 2.3.3 , page 7). A thread is a group of messages which
2430 all relate to the same subject. This is usually organized into a tree-like
2431 structure where a message and all of its replies are represented graphically.
2432 If you've ever used a threaded news client, this is the same concept. It makes
2433 dealing with large volume mailing lists easier because you can easily delete
2434 uninteresting threads and quickly find topics of value.
2436 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bE_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2438 Mutt has the ability to dynamically restructure threads that are broken either
2439 by misconfigured software or bad behavior from some correspondents. This allows
2440 to clean your mailboxes formats) from these annoyances which make it hard to
2441 follow a discussion.
2443 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b1 _
\bL_
\bi_
\bn_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2445 Some mailers tend to "forget" to correctly set the "In-Reply-To:" and "Refer-
2446 ences:" headers when replying to a message. This results in broken discussions
2447 because Mutt has not enough information to guess the correct threading. You
2448 can fix this by tagging the reply, then moving to the parent message and using
2449 the ``link-threads'' function (bound to & by default). The reply will then be
2450 connected to this "parent" message.
2452 You can also connect multiple children at once, tagging them and using the tag-
2453 prefix command (';') or the auto_tag option.
2455 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b._
\b2 _
\bB_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
2457 On mailing lists, some people are in the bad habit of starting a new discussion
2458 by hitting "reply" to any message from the list and changing the subject to a
2459 totally unrelated one. You can fix such threads by using the ``break-thread''
2460 function (bound by default to #), which will turn the subthread starting from
2461 the current message into a whole different thread.
2463 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\bD_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b(_
\bD_
\bS_
\bN_
\b) _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2465 RFC1894 defines a set of MIME content types for relaying information about the
2466 status of electronic mail messages. These can be thought of as ``return
2468 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 47
2470 receipts.'' Berkeley sendmail 8.8.x currently has some command line options in
2471 which the mail client can make requests as to what type of status messages
2474 To support this, there are two variables. _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by (section 6.3.51 , page
2475 76) is used to request receipts for different results (such as failed message,
2476 message delivered, etc.). _
\b$_
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn (section 6.3.52 , page 76) requests how
2477 much of your message should be returned with the receipt (headers or full mes-
2478 sage). Refer to the man page on sendmail for more details on DSN.
2480 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\bP_
\bO_
\bP_
\b3 _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2482 If Mutt was compiled with POP3 support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2483 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with mailboxes located on a
2484 remote POP3 server and fetch mail for local browsing.
2486 You can access the remote POP3 mailbox by selecting the folder
2489 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2490 pop://popserver:port/.
2492 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: pop://user-
2493 name@popserver[:port]/.
2495 Polling for new mail is more expensive over POP3 than locally. For this reason
2496 the frequency at which Mutt will check for mail remotely can be controlled by
2497 the _
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl (section , page ) variable, which defaults to every 60
2500 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the
2501 _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to POP3 servers can be encrypted. This naturally
2502 requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
2503 with POP3/SSL, you should use pops: prefix, ie: pops://[user-
2504 name@]popserver[:port]/.
2506 Another way to access your POP3 mail is the _
\bf_
\be_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\b-_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl function (default: G).
2507 It allows to connect to _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt (section 6.3.204 , page 114), fetch all your
2508 new mail and place it in the local _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.293 , page 135).
2509 After this point, Mutt runs exactly as if the mail had always been local.
2511 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: If you only need to fetch all messages to local mailbox you should con-
2512 sider using a specialized program, such as fetchmail
2514 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2516 If Mutt was compiled with IMAP support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with
2517 the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp flag), it has the ability to work with folders located on a
2520 You can access the remote inbox by selecting the folder
2521 imap://imapserver/INBOX, where imapserver is the name of the IMAP server and
2522 INBOX is the special name for your spool mailbox on the IMAP server. If you
2523 want to access another mail folder at the IMAP server, you should use
2525 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 48
2527 imap://imapserver/path/to/folder where path/to/folder is the path of the folder
2530 You can select an alternative port by specifying it with the server, i.e.:
2531 imap://imapserver:port/INBOX.
2533 You can also specify different username for each folder, i.e.: imap://user-
2534 name@imapserver[:port]/INBOX.
2536 If Mutt was compiled with SSL support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be script with the
2537 _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\bs_
\bl flag), connections to IMAP servers can be encrypted. This naturally
2538 requires that the server supports SSL encrypted connections. To access a folder
2539 with IMAP/SSL, you should use imaps://[user-
2540 name@]imapserver[:port]/path/to/folder as your folder path.
2542 Pine-compatible notation is also supported, i.e. {[user-
2543 name@]imapserver[:port][/ssl]}path/to/folder
2545 Note that not all servers use / as the hierarchy separator. Mutt should cor-
2546 rectly notice which separator is being used by the server and convert paths
2549 When browsing folders on an IMAP server, you can toggle whether to look at only
2550 the folders you are subscribed to, or all folders with the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
2551 command. See also the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.96 , page 87) vari-
2554 Polling for new mail on an IMAP server can cause noticeable delays. So, you'll
2555 want to carefully tune the _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.97 , page 87) and
2556 _
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.313 , page 141) variables.
2558 Note that if you are using mbox as the mail store on UW servers prior to
2559 v12.250, the server has been reported to disconnect a client if another client
2560 selects the same folder.
2562 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bF_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
2564 As of version 1.2, mutt supports browsing mailboxes on an IMAP server. This is
2565 mostly the same as the local file browser, with the following differences:
2567 +
\bo Instead of file permissions, mutt displays the string "IMAP", possibly
2568 followed by the symbol "+", indicating that the entry contains both mes-
2569 sages and subfolders. On Cyrus-like servers folders will often contain
2570 both messages and subfolders.
2572 +
\bo For the case where an entry can contain both messages and subfolders, the
2573 selection key (bound to enter by default) will choose to descend into the
2574 subfolder view. If you wish to view the messages in that folder, you must
2575 use view-file instead (bound to space by default).
2577 +
\bo You can create, delete and rename mailboxes with the create-mailbox,
2578 delete-mailbox, and rename-mailbox commands (default bindings: C, d and r,
2579 respectively). You may also subscribe and unsubscribe to mailboxes (nor-
2580 mally these are bound to s and u, respectively).
2582 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 49
2584 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
2586 Mutt supports four authentication methods with IMAP servers: SASL, GSSAPI,
2587 CRAM-MD5, and LOGIN (there is a patch by Grant Edwards to add NTLM authentica-
2588 tion for you poor exchange users out there, but it has yet to be integrated
2589 into the main tree). There is also support for the pseudo-protocol ANONYMOUS,
2590 which allows you to log in to a public IMAP server without having an account.
2591 To use ANONYMOUS, simply make your username blank or "anonymous".
2593 SASL is a special super-authenticator, which selects among several protocols
2594 (including GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, ANONYMOUS, and DIGEST-MD5) the most secure method
2595 available on your host and the server. Using some of these methods (including
2596 DIGEST-MD5 and possibly GSSAPI), your entire session will be encrypted and
2597 invisible to those teeming network snoops. It is the best option if you have
2598 it. To use it, you must have the Cyrus SASL library installed on your system
2599 and compile mutt with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bs_
\bl flag.
2601 Mutt will try whichever methods are compiled in and available on the server, in
2602 the following order: SASL, ANONYMOUS, GSSAPI, CRAM-MD5, LOGIN.
2604 There are a few variables which control authentication:
2606 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.103 , page 88) - controls the username under
2607 which you request authentication on the IMAP server, for all authentica-
2608 tors. This is overridden by an explicit username in the mailbox path (i.e.
2609 by using a mailbox name of the form {user@host}).
2611 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs (section 6.3.98 , page 87) - a password which you may preset,
2612 used by all authentication methods where a password is needed.
2614 +
\bo _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.90 , page 85) - a colon-delimited list
2615 of IMAP authentication methods to try, in the order you wish to try them.
2616 If specified, this overrides mutt's default (attempt everything, in the
2617 order listed above).
2619 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\bM_
\ba_
\bn_
\ba_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bm_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bI_
\bM_
\bA_
\bP_
\b/_
\bP_
\bO_
\bP _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2621 If you happen to have accounts on multiple IMAP and/or POP servers, you may
2622 find managing all the authentication settings inconvenient and error-prone.
2623 The account-hook command may help. This hook works like folder-hook but is
2624 invoked whenever you access a remote mailbox (including inside the folder
2625 browser), not just when you open the mailbox.
2629 account-hook . 'unset imap_user; unset imap_pass; unset tunnel'
2630 account-hook imap://host1/ 'set imap_user=me1 imap_pass=foo'
2631 account-hook imap://host2/ 'set tunnel="ssh host2 /usr/libexec/imapd"'
2633 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\bS_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt _
\ba _
\bW_
\bW_
\bW _
\bB_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bn _
\bU_
\bR_
\bL_
\bs _
\b(_
\bE_
\bX_
\bT_
\bE_
\bR_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2635 If a message contains URLs (_
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br = address in the WWW space
2637 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 50
2639 like _
\bh_
\bt_
\bt_
\bp_
\b:_
\b/_
\b/_
\bw_
\bw_
\bw_
\b._
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b._
\bo_
\br_
\bg_
\b/), it is efficient to get a menu with all the URLs and
2640 start a WWW browser on one of them. This functionality is provided by the
2641 external urlview program which can be retrieved at ftp://ftp.mutt.org/mutt/con-
2642 trib/ and the configuration commands:
2644 macro index \cb |urlview\n
2645 macro pager \cb |urlview\n
2647 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt _
\b(_
\bO_
\bP_
\bT_
\bI_
\bO_
\bN_
\bA_
\bL_
\b)
2649 If Mutt was compiled with compressed folders support (by running the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\be
2650 script with the _
\b-_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd flag), Mutt can open folders stored in an
2651 arbitrary format, provided that the user has a script to convert from/to this
2652 format to one of the accepted.
2654 The most common use is to open compressed archived folders e.g. with gzip.
2656 In addition, the user can provide a script that gets a folder in an accepted
2657 format and appends its context to the folder in the user-defined format, which
2658 may be faster than converting the entire folder to the accepted format, append-
2659 ing to it and converting back to the user-defined format.
2661 There are three hooks defined (_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50), _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-
2662 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) and _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51))
2663 which define commands to uncompress and compress a folder and to append mes-
2664 sages to an existing compressed folder respectively.
2668 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2669 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2670 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2672 You do not have to specify all of the commands. If you omit _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (sec-
2673 tion 4.16.3 , page 51), the folder will be open and closed again each time you
2674 will add to it. If you omit _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) (or give
2675 empty command) , the folder will be open in the mode. If you specify _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2676 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) though you'll be able to append to the folder.
2678 Note that Mutt will only try to use hooks if the file is not in one of the
2679 accepted formats. In particular, if the file is empty, mutt supposes it is not
2680 compressed. This is important because it allows the use of programs that do not
2681 have well defined extensions. Just use '.' as a regexp. But this may be sur-
2682 prising if your compressing script produces empty files. In this situation,
2683 unset _
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (section 6.3.238 , page 122), so that the compressed file
2684 will be removed if you delete all of the messages.
2686 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\be_
\bn _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
2688 Usage: open-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2690 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 51
2692 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is the command that can be used for opening the folders whose names
2693 match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp.
2695 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the printf-like format string, and it should accept two
2696 parameters: %f, which is replaced with the (compressed) folder name, and %t
2697 which is replaced with the name of the temporary folder to which to write.
2699 %f and %t can be repeated any number of times in the command string, and all of
2700 the entries are replaced with the appropriate folder name. In addition, %% is
2701 replaced by %, as in printf, and any other %anything is left as is.
2703 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the original compressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should
2704 return non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2708 open-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -cd %f > %t"
2710 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type.
2712 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bW_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2714 Usage: close-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2716 This is used to close the folder that was open with the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2717 4.16.1 , page 50) command after some changes were made to it.
2719 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd string is the command that can be used for closing the folders
2720 whose names match _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2721 4.16.1 , page 50) command. Temporary folder in this case is the folder previ-
2722 ously produced by the <_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) command.
2724 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2725 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2729 close-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t > %f"
2731 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type, and the
2732 file can only be open in the readonly mode.
2734 _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) is not called when you exit from the
2735 folder if the folder was not changed.
2737 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd _
\ba _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\bt_
\bo _
\ba _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
2739 Usage: append-hook _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp '_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd'
2741 This command is used for saving to an existing compressed folder. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
2743 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 52
2745 is the command that can be used for appending to the folders whose names match
2746 _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp. It has the same format as in the _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50)
2747 command. The temporary folder in this case contains the messages that are
2750 The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should n
\bno
\bot
\bt remove the decompressed file. The _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd should return
2751 non-zero exit status if it fails, so mutt knows something's wrong.
2755 append-hook \\.gz$ "gzip -c %t >> %f"
2757 When _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is used, the folder is not opened,
2758 which saves time, but this means that we can not find out what the folder type
2759 is. Thus the default (_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be (section 6.3.123 , page 95)) type is always
2760 supposed (i.e. this is the format used for the temporary folder).
2762 If the file does not exist when you save to it, _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 ,
2763 page 51) is called, and not _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51). _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
2764 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) is only for appending to existing folders.
2766 If the _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd is empty, this operation is disabled for this file type. In this
2767 case, the folder will be open and closed again (using _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section
2768 4.16.1 , page 50) and _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51)respectively) each
2769 time you will add to it.
2771 _
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
2773 The compressed folders support can also be used to handle encrypted folders. If
2774 you want to encrypt a folder with PGP, you may want to use the following hooks:
2776 open-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -f < %f > %t"
2777 close-hook \\.pgp$ "pgp -fe YourPgpUserIdOrKeyId < %t > %f"
2779 Please note, that PGP does not support appending to an encrypted folder, so
2780 there is no append-hook defined.
2782 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: the folder is temporary stored decrypted in the /tmp directory, where it
2783 can be read by your system administrator. So think about the security aspects
2786 _
\b5_
\b. _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\b'_
\bs _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bS_
\bu_
\bp_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
2788 Quite a bit of effort has been made to make Mutt the premier text-mode MIME
2789 MUA. Every effort has been made to provide the functionality that the discern-
2790 ing MIME user requires, and the conformance to the standards wherever possible.
2791 When configuring Mutt for MIME, there are two extra types of configuration
2792 files which Mutt uses. One is the mime.types file, which contains the mapping
2793 of file extensions to IANA MIME types. The other is the mailcap file, which
2795 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 53
2797 specifies the external commands to use for handling specific MIME types.
2799 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1 _
\bU_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bi_
\bn _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt
2801 There are three areas/menus in Mutt which deal with MIME, they are the pager
2802 (while viewing a message), the attachment menu and the compose menu.
2804 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b1 _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bs _
\bi_
\bn _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
2806 When you select a message from the index and view it in the pager, Mutt decodes
2807 the message to a text representation. Mutt internally supports a number of
2808 MIME types, including text/plain, text/enriched, message/rfc822, and mes-
2809 sage/news. In addition, the export controlled version of Mutt recognizes a
2810 variety of PGP MIME types, including PGP/MIME and application/pgp.
2812 Mutt will denote attachments with a couple lines describing them. These lines
2815 [-- Attachment #1: Description --]
2816 [-- Type: text/plain, Encoding: 7bit, Size: 10000 --]
2818 Where the Description is the description or filename given for the attachment,
2819 and the Encoding is one of 7bit/8bit/quoted-printable/base64/binary.
2821 If Mutt cannot deal with a MIME type, it will display a message like:
2823 [-- image/gif is unsupported (use 'v' to view this part) --]
2825 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b2 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bA_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2827 The default binding for view-attachments is `v', which displays the attachment
2828 menu for a message. The attachment menu displays a list of the attachments in
2829 a message. From the attachment menu, you can save, print, pipe, delete, and
2830 view attachments. You can apply these operations to a group of attachments at
2831 once, by tagging the attachments and by using the ``tag-prefix'' operator. You
2832 can also reply to the current message from this menu, and only the current
2833 attachment (or the attachments tagged) will be quoted in your reply. You can
2834 view attachments as text, or view them using the mailcap viewer definition.
2836 Finally, you can apply the usual message-related functions (like _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
2837 (section 2.3.4 , page 9), and the reply and forward functions) to attachments
2838 of type message/rfc822.
2840 See the help on the attachment menu for more information.
2842 _
\b5_
\b._
\b1_
\b._
\b3 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be _
\bM_
\be_
\bn_
\bu
2844 The compose menu is the menu you see before you send a message. It allows you
2845 to edit the recipient list, the subject, and other aspects of your message. It
2846 also contains a list of the attachments of your message, including the main
2847 body. From this menu, you can print, copy, filter, pipe, edit, compose,
2848 review, and rename an attachment or a list of tagged attachments. You can also
2850 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 54
2852 modifying the attachment information, notably the type, encoding and descrip-
2855 Attachments appear as follows:
2857 - 1 [text/plain, 7bit, 1K] /tmp/mutt-euler-8082-0 <no description>
2858 2 [applica/x-gunzip, base64, 422K] ~/src/mutt-0.85.tar.gz <no description>
2860 The '-' denotes that Mutt will delete the file after sending (or postponing, or
2861 canceling) the message. It can be toggled with the toggle-unlink command
2862 (default: u). The next field is the MIME content-type, and can be changed with
2863 the edit-type command (default: ^T). The next field is the encoding for the
2864 attachment, which allows a binary message to be encoded for transmission on
2865 7bit links. It can be changed with the edit-encoding command (default: ^E).
2866 The next field is the size of the attachment, rounded to kilobytes or
2867 megabytes. The next field is the filename, which can be changed with the
2868 rename-file command (default: R). The final field is the description of the
2869 attachment, and can be changed with the edit-description command (default: d).
2871 _
\b5_
\b._
\b2 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bT_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b._
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be_
\bs
2873 When you add an attachment to your mail message, Mutt searches your personal
2874 mime.types file at ${HOME}/.mime.types, and then the system mime.types file at
2875 /usr/local/share/mutt/mime.types or /etc/mime.types
2877 The mime.types file consist of lines containing a MIME type and a space sepa-
2878 rated list of extensions. For example:
2880 application/postscript ps eps
2882 audio/x-aiff aif aifc aiff
2884 A sample mime.types file comes with the Mutt distribution, and should contain
2885 most of the MIME types you are likely to use.
2887 If Mutt can not determine the mime type by the extension of the file you
2888 attach, it will look at the file. If the file is free of binary information,
2889 Mutt will assume that the file is plain text, and mark it as text/plain. If
2890 the file contains binary information, then Mutt will mark it as applica-
2891 tion/octet-stream. You can change the MIME type that Mutt assigns to an
2892 attachment by using the edit-type command from the compose menu (default: ^T).
2893 The MIME type is actually a major mime type followed by the sub-type, separated
2894 by a '/'. 6 major types: application, text, image, video, audio, and model have
2895 been approved after various internet discussions. Mutt recognises all of these
2896 if the appropriate entry is found in the mime.types file. It also recognises
2897 other major mime types, such as the chemical type that is widely used in the
2898 molecular modelling community to pass molecular data in various forms to vari-
2899 ous molecular viewers. Non-recognised mime types should only be used if the
2900 recipient of the message is likely to be expecting such attachments.
2902 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bV_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2904 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 55
2906 Mutt supports RFC 1524 MIME Configuration, in particular the Unix specific for-
2907 mat specified in Appendix A of RFC 1524. This file format is commonly referred
2908 to as the mailcap format. Many MIME compliant programs utilize the mailcap
2909 format, allowing you to specify handling for all MIME types in one place for
2910 all programs. Programs known to use this format include Netscape, XMosaic,
2913 In order to handle various MIME types that Mutt can not handle internally, Mutt
2914 parses a series of external configuration files to find an external handler.
2915 The default search string for these files is a colon delimited list set to
2917 ${HOME}/.mailcap:/usr/local/share/mutt/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/etc/mailcap:/usr/etc/mailcap:/usr/local/etc/mailcap
2919 where $HOME is your home directory.
2921 In particular, the metamail distribution will install a mailcap file, usually
2922 as /usr/local/etc/mailcap, which contains some baseline entries.
2924 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bT_
\bh_
\be _
\bB_
\ba_
\bs_
\bi_
\bc_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
2926 A mailcap file consists of a series of lines which are comments, blank, or def-
2929 A comment line consists of a # character followed by anything you want.
2931 A blank line is blank.
2933 A definition line consists of a content type, a view command, and any number of
2934 optional fields. Each field of a definition line is divided by a semicolon ';'
2937 The content type is specified in the MIME standard type/subtype method. For
2938 example, text/plain, text/html, image/gif, etc. In addition, the mailcap for-
2939 mat includes two formats for wildcards, one using the special '*' subtype, the
2940 other is the implicit wild, where you only include the major type. For exam-
2941 ple, image/*, or video, will match all image types and video types, respec-
2944 The view command is a Unix command for viewing the type specified. There are
2945 two different types of commands supported. The default is to send the body of
2946 the MIME message to the command on stdin. You can change this behavior by using
2947 %s as a parameter to your view command. This will cause Mutt to save the body
2948 of the MIME message to a temporary file, and then call the view command with
2949 the %s replaced by the name of the temporary file. In both cases, Mutt will
2950 turn over the terminal to the view program until the program quits, at which
2951 time Mutt will remove the temporary file if it exists.
2953 So, in the simplest form, you can send a text/plain message to the external
2954 pager more on stdin:
2958 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 56
2960 Or, you could send the message as a file:
2964 Perhaps you would like to use lynx to interactively view a text/html message:
2968 In this case, lynx does not support viewing a file from stdin, so you must use
2969 the %s syntax. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bS_
\bo_
\bm_
\be _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br _
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs _
\bo_
\bf _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn _
\ba _
\bb_
\bu_
\bg _
\bw_
\bh_
\be_
\br_
\be _
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl
2970 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\ba _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw_
\be_
\br _
\bf_
\bo_
\br _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b/_
\bh_
\bt_
\bm_
\bl_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\be_
\by _
\bw_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl _
\bf_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
2971 _
\bw_
\bh_
\bi_
\bc_
\bh _
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx_
\b, _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\br_
\bu_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\b. _
\bT_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bc_
\ba_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\bs _
\bl_
\by_
\bn_
\bx _
\bt_
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bu_
\bo_
\bu_
\bs_
\bl_
\by _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bw_
\bn _
\bi_
\bt_
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf _
\bt_
\bo
2972 _
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b.
2974 On the other hand, maybe you don't want to use lynx interactively, you just
2975 want to have it convert the text/html to text/plain, then you can use:
2977 text/html; lynx -dump %s | more
2979 Perhaps you wish to use lynx to view text/html files, and a pager on all other
2980 text formats, then you would use the following:
2985 This is the simplest form of a mailcap file.
2987 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\be _
\bu_
\bs_
\be _
\bo_
\bf _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp
2989 The interpretation of shell meta-characters embedded in MIME parameters can
2990 lead to security problems in general. Mutt tries to quote parameters in expan-
2991 sion of %s syntaxes properly, and avoids risky characters by substituting them,
2992 see the _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be (section 6.3.115 , page 93) variable.
2994 Although mutt's procedures to invoke programs with mailcap seem to be safe,
2995 there are other applications parsing mailcap, maybe taking less care of it.
2996 Therefore you should pay attention to the following rules:
2998 _
\bK_
\be_
\be_
\bp _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\b%_
\b-_
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bo_
\bs _
\ba_
\bw_
\ba_
\by _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b. Don't quote them with single or
2999 double quotes. Mutt does this for you, the right way, as should any other pro-
3000 gram which interprets mailcap. Don't put them into backtick expansions. Be
3001 highly careful with eval statements, and avoid them if possible at all. Trying
3002 to fix broken behaviour with quotes introduces new leaks - there is no alterna-
3003 tive to correct quoting in the first place.
3005 If you have to use the %-expandos' values in context where you need quoting or
3006 backtick expansions, put that value into a shell variable and reference the
3007 shell variable where necessary, as in the following example (using $charset
3008 inside the backtick expansion is safe, since it is not itself subject to any
3011 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 57
3013 text/test-mailcap-bug; cat %s; copiousoutput; test=charset=%{charset} \
3014 && test "`echo $charset | tr '[A-Z]' '[a-z]'`" != iso-8859-1
3016 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bA_
\bd_
\bv_
\ba_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\bd _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bU_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be
3018 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\bO_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl _
\bF_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd_
\bs
3020 In addition to the required content-type and view command fields, you can add
3021 semi-colon ';' separated fields to set flags and other options. Mutt recog-
3022 nizes the following optional fields:
3025 This flag tells Mutt that the command passes possibly large amounts
3026 of text on stdout. This causes Mutt to invoke a pager (either the
3027 internal pager or the external pager defined by the pager variable)
3028 on the output of the view command. Without this flag, Mutt assumes
3029 that the command is interactive. One could use this to replace the
3030 pipe to more in the lynx -dump example in the Basic section:
3032 text/html; lynx -dump %s ; copiousoutput
3034 This will cause lynx to format the text/html output as text/plain
3035 and Mutt will use your standard pager to display the results.
3038 Mutt uses this flag when viewing attachments with _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3039 5.4 , page 60), in order to decide whether it should honor the
3040 setting of the _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.327 , page 144) variable or
3041 not. When an attachment is viewed using an interactive program,
3042 and the corresponding mailcap entry has a _
\bn_
\be_
\be_
\bd_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl flag, Mutt
3043 will use _
\b$_
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.327 , page 144) and the exit sta-
3044 tus of the program to decide if it will ask you to press a key
3045 after the external program has exited. In all other situations it
3046 will not prompt you for a key.
3049 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3050 of a specific MIME type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
3052 composetyped=<command>
3053 This flag specifies the command to use to create a new attachment
3054 of a specific MIME type. This command differs from the compose
3055 command in that mutt will expect standard MIME headers on the data.
3056 This can be used to specify parameters, filename, description, etc.
3057 for a new attachment. Mutt supports this from the compose menu.
3060 This flag specifies the command to use to print a specific MIME
3061 type. Mutt supports this from the attachment and compose menus.
3064 This flag specifies the command to use to edit a specific MIME
3066 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 58
3068 type. Mutt supports this from the compose menu, and also uses it
3069 to compose new attachments. Mutt will default to the defined edi-
3070 tor for text attachments.
3072 nametemplate=<template>
3073 This field specifies the format for the file denoted by %s in the
3074 command fields. Certain programs will require a certain file
3075 extension, for instance, to correctly view a file. For instance,
3076 lynx will only interpret a file as text/html if the file ends in
3077 .html. So, you would specify lynx as a text/html viewer with a
3078 line in the mailcap file like:
3080 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3083 This field specifies a command to run to test whether this mailcap
3084 entry should be used. The command is defined with the command
3085 expansion rules defined in the next section. If the command
3086 returns 0, then the test passed, and Mutt uses this entry. If the
3087 command returns non-zero, then the test failed, and Mutt continues
3088 searching for the right entry. N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt _
\bm_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh
3089 _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be _
\bM_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt _
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\bs _
\bt_
\bh_
\be _
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b. For example:
3091 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3094 In this example, Mutt will run the program RunningX which will
3095 return 0 if the X Window manager is running, and non-zero if it
3096 isn't. If RunningX returns 0, then Mutt will call netscape to dis-
3097 play the text/html object. If RunningX doesn't return 0, then Mutt
3098 will go on to the next entry and use lynx to display the text/html
3101 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\bS_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh _
\bO_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br
3103 When searching for an entry in the mailcap file, Mutt will search for the most
3104 useful entry for its purpose. For instance, if you are attempting to print an
3105 image/gif, and you have the following entries in your mailcap file, Mutt will
3106 search for an entry with the print command:
3109 image/gif; ; print= anytopnm %s | pnmtops | lpr; \
3112 Mutt will skip the image/* entry and use the image/gif entry with the print
3115 In addition, you can use this with _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) to denote
3116 two commands for viewing an attachment, one to be viewed automatically, the
3117 other to be viewed interactively from the attachment menu. In addition, you
3118 can then use the test feature to determine which viewer to use interactively
3120 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 59
3122 depending on your environment.
3124 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)' ; test=RunningX
3125 text/html; lynx %s; nametemplate=%s.html
3126 text/html; lynx -dump %s; nametemplate=%s.html; copiousoutput
3128 For _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60), Mutt will choose the third entry because
3129 of the copiousoutput tag. For interactive viewing, Mutt will run the program
3130 RunningX to determine if it should use the first entry. If the program returns
3131 non-zero, Mutt will use the second entry for interactive viewing.
3133 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bE_
\bx_
\bp_
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3135 The various commands defined in the mailcap files are passed to the /bin/sh
3136 shell using the system() function. Before the command is passed to /bin/sh -c,
3137 it is parsed to expand various special parameters with information from Mutt.
3138 The keywords Mutt expands are:
3141 As seen in the basic mailcap section, this variable is expanded to
3142 a filename specified by the calling program. This file contains
3143 the body of the message to view/print/edit or where the composing
3144 program should place the results of composition. In addition, the
3145 use of this keyword causes Mutt to not pass the body of the message
3146 to the view/print/edit program on stdin.
3149 Mutt will expand %t to the text representation of the content type
3150 of the message in the same form as the first parameter of the mail-
3151 cap definition line, ie text/html or image/gif.
3154 Mutt will expand this to the value of the specified parameter from
3155 the Content-Type: line of the mail message. For instance, if Your
3156 mail message contains:
3158 Content-Type: text/plain; charset=iso-8859-1
3160 then Mutt will expand %{charset} to iso-8859-1. The default meta-
3161 mail mailcap file uses this feature to test the charset to spawn an
3162 xterm using the right charset to view the message.
3165 This will be replaced by a %
3167 Mutt does not currently support the %F and %n keywords specified in RFC 1524.
3168 The main purpose of these parameters is for multipart messages, which is han-
3169 dled internally by Mutt.
3171 _
\b5_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\bE_
\bx_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3173 This mailcap file is fairly simple and standard:
3175 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 60
3177 # I'm always running X :)
3178 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3179 image/*; xv %s > /dev/null
3181 # I'm always running netscape (if my computer had more memory, maybe)
3182 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'
3184 This mailcap file shows quite a number of examples:
3186 # Use xanim to view all videos Xanim produces a header on startup,
3187 # send that to /dev/null so I don't see it
3188 video/*; xanim %s > /dev/null
3190 # Send html to a running netscape by remote
3191 text/html; netscape -remote 'openURL(%s)'; test=RunningNetscape
3193 # If I'm not running netscape but I am running X, start netscape on the
3195 text/html; netscape %s; test=RunningX
3197 # Else use lynx to view it as text
3200 # This version would convert the text/html to text/plain
3201 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput
3203 # I use enscript to print text in two columns to a page
3204 text/*; more %s; print=enscript -2Gr %s
3206 # Netscape adds a flag to tell itself to view jpegs internally
3207 image/jpeg;xv %s; x-mozilla-flags=internal
3209 # Use xv to view images if I'm running X
3210 # In addition, this uses the \ to extend the line and set my editor
3212 image/*;xv %s; test=RunningX; \
3215 # Convert images to text using the netpbm tools
3216 image/*; (anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xysize 80 46 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm |
3217 pbmtoascii -1x2 ) 2>&1 ; copiousoutput
3219 # Send excel spreadsheets to my NT box
3220 application/ms-excel; open.pl %s
3222 _
\b5_
\b._
\b4 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bA_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
3224 In addition to explicitly telling Mutt to view an attachment with the MIME
3225 viewer defined in the mailcap file, Mutt has support for automatically viewing
3226 MIME attachments while in the pager.
3228 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 61
3230 To work, you must define a viewer in the mailcap file which uses the copi-
3231 ousoutput option to denote that it is non-interactive. Usually, you also use
3232 the entry to convert the attachment to a text representation which you can view
3235 You then use the auto_view muttrc command to list the content-types that you
3236 wish to view automatically.
3238 For instance, if you set auto_view to:
3240 auto_view text/html application/x-gunzip application/postscript image/gif application/x-tar-gz
3242 Mutt could use the following mailcap entries to automatically view attachments
3245 text/html; lynx -dump %s; copiousoutput; nametemplate=%s.html
3246 image/*; anytopnm %s | pnmscale -xsize 80 -ysize 50 | ppmtopgm | pgmtopbm | pbmtoascii ; copiousoutput
3247 application/x-gunzip; gzcat; copiousoutput
3248 application/x-tar-gz; gunzip -c %s | tar -tf - ; copiousoutput
3249 application/postscript; ps2ascii %s; copiousoutput
3251 ``unauto_view'' can be used to remove previous entries from the autoview list.
3252 This can be used with message-hook to autoview messages based on size, etc.
3253 ``unauto_view *'' will remove all previous entries.
3255 _
\b5_
\b._
\b5 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bM_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\bi_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b/_
\bA_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
3257 Mutt has some heuristics for determining which attachment of a multipart/alter-
3258 native type to display. First, mutt will check the alternative_order list to
3259 determine if one of the available types is preferred. The alternative_order
3260 list consists of a number of MIME types in order, including support for
3261 implicit and explicit wildcards, for example:
3263 alternative_order text/enriched text/plain text application/postscript image/*
3265 Next, mutt will check if any of the types have a defined _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section
3266 5.4 , page 60), and use that. Failing that, Mutt will look for any text type.
3267 As a last attempt, mutt will look for any type it knows how to handle.
3269 To remove a MIME type from the alternative_order list, use the unalterna-
3272 _
\b5_
\b._
\b6 _
\bM_
\bI_
\bM_
\bE _
\bL_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp
3274 Mutt's mime_lookup list specifies a list of mime-types that should not be
3275 treated according to their mailcap entry. This option is designed to deal with
3276 binary types such as application/octet-stream. When an attachment's mime-type
3277 is listed in mime_lookup, then the extension of the filename will be compared
3278 to the list of extensions in the mime.types file. The mime-type associated
3279 with this extension will then be used to process the attachment according to
3280 the rules in the mailcap file and according to any other configuration options
3282 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 62
3284 (such as auto_view) specified. Common usage would be:
3286 mime_lookup application/octet-stream application/X-Lotus-Manuscript
3288 In addition, the unmime_lookup command may be used to disable this feature for
3289 any particular mime-type if it had been set, for example, in a global muttrc.
3291 _
\b6_
\b. _
\bR_
\be_
\bf_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3293 _
\b6_
\b._
\b1 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
3295 Running mutt with no arguments will make Mutt attempt to read your spool mail-
3296 box. However, it is possible to read other mailboxes and to send messages from
3297 the command line as well.
3300 -a attach a file to a message
3301 -b specify a blind carbon-copy (BCC) address
3302 -c specify a carbon-copy (Cc) address
3303 -e specify a config command to be run after initialization files are read
3304 -f specify a mailbox to load
3305 -F specify an alternate file to read initialization commands
3306 -h print help on command line options
3307 -H specify a draft file from which to read a header and body
3308 -i specify a file to include in a message composition
3309 -m specify a default mailbox type
3310 -n do not read the system Muttrc
3311 -p recall a postponed message
3312 -Q query a configuration variable
3313 -R open mailbox in read-only mode
3314 -s specify a subject (enclose in quotes if it contains spaces)
3315 -v show version number and compile-time definitions
3316 -x simulate the mailx(1) compose mode
3317 -y show a menu containing the files specified by the mailboxes command
3318 -z exit immediately if there are no messages in the mailbox
3319 -Z open the first folder with new message,exit immediately if none
3321 To read messages in a mailbox
3323 mutt [ -nz ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -m _
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ] [ -f _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx ]
3325 To compose a new message
3327 mutt [ -n ] [ -F _
\bm_
\bu_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bc ] [ -a _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be ] [ -c _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ] [ -i _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ] [ -s _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\b-
3328 _
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt ] _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs ... ]
3330 Mutt also supports a ``batch'' mode to send prepared messages. Simply redirect
3331 input from the file you wish to send. For example,
3333 mutt -s 'data set for run #2' professor@bigschool.edu < ~/run2.dat
3335 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 63
3337 This command will send a message to ``professor@bigschool.edu'' with a subject
3338 of ``data set for run #2''. In the body of the message will be the contents of
3339 the file ``~/run2.dat''.
3341 _
\b6_
\b._
\b2 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bC_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs
3343 The following are the commands understood by mutt.
3345 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bc_
\bc_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.14 , page 49) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3347 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs [ , _
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs, ... ]
3349 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (section 3.2 , page 16) [ * | _
\bk_
\be_
\by ... ]
3351 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3353 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs (section 3.9 , page 23) [ * | _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3355 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3357 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 5.5 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3359 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.3 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3361 +
\bo _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3363 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page 60) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3365 +
\bo _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) _
\bm_
\ba_
\bp _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3367 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3369 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bl_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.2 , page 51) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3371 +
\bo _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd _
\bb_
\ba_
\bc_
\bk_
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3373 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bo_
\br (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3375 +
\bo _
\be_
\bx_
\be_
\bc (section 3.22 , page 29) _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn [ _
\bf_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ... ]
3377 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3379 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.17 , page 27) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3381 +
\bo _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.5 , page 19) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3383 +
\bo _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3385 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\b__
\bo_
\br_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 3.14 , page 26) _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br [ _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br ... ]
3387 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bv_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.4 , page 19) _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\b-_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3389 +
\bo _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3391 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 64
3393 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.8 , page 23) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3395 +
\bo _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3397 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3399 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bc_
\br_
\bo (section 3.6 , page 20) _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu _
\bk_
\be_
\by _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be [ _
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn ]
3401 +
\bo _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\be_
\bs (section 3.12 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be ... ]
3403 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
3405 +
\bo _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.19 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3407 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3409 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\bu_
\bp (section 5.6 , page 61) _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be [ _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be ... ]
3411 +
\bo _
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bo_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\be [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ]
3413 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo (section 3.7 , page 21) _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3415 +
\bo _
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3417 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25) _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd [ _
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bl_
\bd ... ]
3419 +
\bo _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 4.16.1 , page 50) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3421 +
\bo _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.20 , page 28) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b-_
\bi_
\bd
3423 +
\bo _
\bp_
\bu_
\bs_
\bh (section 3.21 , page 29) _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
3425 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3427 +
\bo _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.15 , page 26) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3429 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be
3431 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be (section 3.23 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn [ _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn ... ]
3433 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.18 , page 27) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3435 +
\bo _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section , page ) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
3437 +
\bo _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) [no|inv]_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be[=_
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bu_
\be] [ _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3439 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3441 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32) _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
3443 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3445 +
\bo _
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm (section 3.24 , page 29) _
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn
3447 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 65
3449 +
\bo _
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3451 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be (section 3.10 , page 24) _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp [ _
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp ... ]
3453 +
\bo _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be (section 3.25 , page 31) _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be [_
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be ... ]
3455 +
\bo _
\bu_
\bn_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.28 , page 33) _
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk_
\b-_
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3457 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3 _
\bC_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\bu_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\bv_
\ba_
\br_
\bi_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
3459 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
3465 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, when composing messages and no subject is given at the subject
3466 prompt, composition will be aborted. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, composing messages with no
3467 subject given at the subject prompt will never be aborted.
3469 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2 _
\ba_
\bb_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
3475 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, composition will automatically abort after editing the message
3476 body if no changes are made to the file (this check only happens after the
3477 _
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt edit of the file). When set to _
\bn_
\bo, composition will never be aborted.
3479 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3483 Default: '~/.muttngrc'
3485 The default file in which to save aliases created by the ``_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b-_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs (sec-
3486 tion 2.3.4 , page 7)'' function.
3488 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will not automatically source this file; you must explicitly use
3489 the ``_
\bs_
\bo_
\bu_
\br_
\bc_
\be (section 3.26 , page 32)'' command for it to be executed.
3491 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3495 Default: '%4n %2f %t %-10a %r'
3497 Specifies the format of the data displayed for the ``alias'' menu. The follow-
3498 ing printf(3)-style sequences are available:
3503 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 66
3506 flags - currently, a 'd' for an alias marked for deletion
3512 address which alias expands to
3515 character which indicates if the alias is tagged for inclusion
3517 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt
3523 Controls whether 8-bit data is converted to 7-bit using either quoted-printable
3524 or base64 encoding when sending mail.
3526 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\ba_
\bn_
\bs_
\bi
3532 Controls whether ANSI color codes in messages (and color tags in rich text mes-
3533 sages) are to be interpreted. Messages containing these codes are rare, but if
3534 this option is set, their text will be colored accordingly. Note that this may
3535 override your color choices, and even present a security problem, since a mes-
3536 sage could include a line like ``[-- PGP output follows ...' and give it the
3537 same color as your attachment color.
3539 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7 _
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bc_
\bu_
\br_
\bs_
\bo_
\br
3545 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an arrow (``->'') will be used to indicate the current entry in menus
3546 instead of highlighting the whole line. On slow network or modem links this
3547 will make response faster because there is less that has to be redrawn on the
3548 screen when moving to the next or previous entries in the menu.
3550 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bc_
\bi_
\bi_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
3556 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use plain ASCII characters when displaying thread and
3557 attachment trees, instead of the default ACS characters.
3559 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 67
3561 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
3567 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for blind-carbon-copy (Bcc) recipients before
3568 editing an outgoing message.
3570 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\bc_
\bc
3576 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for carbon-copy (Cc) recipients before editing
3577 the body of an outgoing message.
3579 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3585 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for mes-
3586 sages without character encoding indication. Header field values and message
3587 body content without character encoding indication would be assumed that they
3588 are written in one of this list. By default, all the header fields and message
3589 body without any charset indication are assumed to be in us-ascii.
3591 For example, Japanese users might prefer this:
3593 set assumed_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
3595 However, only the first content is valid for the message body. This variable
3596 is valid only if _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.303 , page 139) is unset.
3598 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3602 Default: '%u%D%I %t%4n %T%.40d%> [%.7m/%.10M, %.6e%?C?, %C?, %s] '
3604 This variable describes the format of the ``attachment'' menu. The following
3605 printf(3)-style sequences are understood:
3611 requires charset conversion (n or c)
3616 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 68
3622 MIME Content-Transfer-Encoding: header field
3628 MIME Content-Disposition: header field (I=inline, A=attachment)
3646 graphic tree characters
3649 unlink (=to delete) flag
3652 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
3655 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
3657 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
3663 The separator to add between attachments when operating (saving, printing, pip-
3664 ing, etc) on a list of tagged attachments.
3666 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
3672 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 69
3674 If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when operating (saving, printing, piping, etc) on a
3675 list of tagged attachments, Mutt-ng will concatenate the attachments and will
3676 operate on them as a single attachment. The ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp (section 6.3.13 ,
3677 page 68)'' separator is added after each attachment. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
3678 operate on the attachments one by one.
3680 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
3684 Default: 'On %d, %n wrote:'
3686 This is the string that will precede a message which has been included in a
3687 reply. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the section
3688 on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''.
3690 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
3696 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, functions in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu which affect a message will be applied to
3697 all tagged messages (if there are any). When unset, you must first use the
3698 ``tag-prefix'' function (default: ';') to make the next function apply to all
3701 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7 _
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
3707 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt along with ``_
\b$_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.54 , page 77)'', Mutt-ng will
3708 skip the initial send-menu and allow you to immediately begin editing the body
3709 of your message. The send-menu may still be accessed once you have finished
3710 editing the body of your message.
3712 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by (section 6.3.59 , page 78)''.
3714 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp
3720 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep when an error occurs.
3722 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9 _
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3728 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 70
3730 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will beep whenever it prints a message noti-
3731 fying you of new mail. This is independent of the setting of the ``_
\b$_
\bb_
\be_
\be_
\bp (sec-
3732 tion 6.3.18 , page 69)'' variable.
3734 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be
3740 Controls whether you will be asked to confirm bouncing messages. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs
3741 you don't get asked if you want to bounce a message. Setting this variable to
3742 _
\bn_
\bo is not generally useful, and thus not recommended, because you are unable to
3745 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1 _
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\be_
\bd
3751 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include Delivered-To: header fields
3752 when bouncing messages. Postfix users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this variable.
3754 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2 _
\bb_
\br_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bl_
\by
3760 When this variable is set, mutt will place the cursor at the beginning of the
3761 current line in menus, even when the arrow_cursor variable is unset, making it
3762 easier for blind persons using Braille displays to follow these menus. The
3763 option is disabled by default because many visual terminals don't permit making
3764 the cursor invisible.
3766 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3 _
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
3770 Default: '~/.mutt_certificates'
3772 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
3774 This variable specifies the file where the certificates you trust are saved.
3775 When an unknown certificate is encountered, you are asked if you accept it or
3776 not. If you accept it, the certificate can also be saved in this file and fur-
3777 ther connections are automatically accepted.
3779 You can also manually add CA certificates in this file. Any server certificate
3780 that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automatically
3783 Example: set certificate_file=~/.muttng/certificates
3785 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 71
3787 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4 _
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3793 Character set your terminal uses to display and enter textual data.
3795 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5 _
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw
3801 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this option only affects _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br and _
\bM_
\bH style mailboxes.
3803 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check for new mail delivered while the mailbox is open.
3804 Especially with MH mailboxes, this operation can take quite some time since it
3805 involves scanning the directory and checking each file to see if it has already
3806 been looked at. If it's _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no check for new mail is performed while the
3809 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
3815 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not collapse a thread if it contains any unread mes-
3818 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
3822 Default: '-- Mutt-ng: Compose [Approx. msg size: %l Atts: %a]%>-'
3824 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the ``compose'' menu. This
3825 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.301 , page 137)'', but has
3826 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
3829 total number of attachments
3835 approximate size (in bytes) of the current message
3838 Mutt-ng version string
3840 See the text describing the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.301 , page 137)''
3842 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 72
3844 option for more information on how to set ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.27 ,
3847 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
3853 When defined, Mutt-ng will recode commands in rc files from this encoding.
3855 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
3861 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when appending messages to an
3864 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bm_
\bc_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bt_
\be
3870 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt for confirmation when saving messages to a mail-
3871 box which does not yet exist before creating it.
3873 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
3879 Causes Mutt-ng to timeout a network connection (for IMAP or POP) after this
3880 many seconds if the connection is not able to be established. A negative value
3881 causes Mutt-ng to wait indefinitely for the connection to succeed.
3883 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
3887 Default: 'text/plain'
3889 Sets the default Content-Type: header field for the body of newly composed mes-
3892 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bp_
\by
3898 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 73
3900 This variable controls whether or not copies of your outgoing messages will be
3901 saved for later references. Also see ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.228 , page
3902 120)'', ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.239 , page 122)'', ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
3903 6.3.67 , page 80)'' and ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page 27)''.
3905 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b4 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3911 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to PGP encrypt out-
3912 going messages. This is probably only useful in connection to the _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
3913 command. It can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when encryption is not
3914 required or signing is requested as well. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section
3915 6.3.275 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is used instead to create S/MIME
3916 messages and settings can be overridden by use of the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto
3919 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b5 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
3925 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable PGP
3926 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3927 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3928 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3929 6.3.39 , page 73)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.275 , page 131)''.
3931 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b6 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3937 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to cryptographically
3938 sign outgoing messages. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when
3939 signing is not required or encryption is requested as well. If
3940 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.275 , page 131)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, then OpenSSL is
3941 used instead to create S/MIME messages and settings can be overridden by use of
3942 the _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu. (Crypto only)
3944 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b7 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
3950 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng may automatically enable S/MIME
3951 encryption/signing for messages. See also ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3952 6.3.34 , page 72)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section 6.3.38 , page 73)'',
3953 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.36 , page 73)'', ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section
3955 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 74
3957 6.3.39 , page 73)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt (section 6.3.275 , page 131)''.
3959 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b8 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
3965 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL encrypt replies to messages which are
3966 encrypted. (Crypto only)
3968 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b9 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
3974 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are signed.
3976 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this does not work on messages that are encrypted a
\ban
\bnd
\bd signed! (Crypto
3979 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b0 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
3985 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, automatically PGP or OpenSSL sign replies to messages which are
3986 encrypted. This makes sense in combination with ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt (section
3987 6.3.38 , page 73)'', because it allows you to sign all messages which are
3988 automatically encrypted. This works around the problem noted in
3989 ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn (section 6.3.39 , page 73)'', that Mutt-ng is not able to
3990 find out whether an encrypted message is also signed. (Crypto only)
3992 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b1 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bm_
\bp
3998 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will include a time stamp in the lines surrounding PGP or
3999 S/MIME output, so spoofing such lines is more difficult. If you are using col-
4000 ors to mark these lines, and rely on these, you may _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this setting.
4003 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b2 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\bm_
\be
4009 This variable controls the use the GPGME enabled crypto backends. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4010 and Mutt-ng was build with gpgme support, the gpgme code for S/MIME and PGP
4012 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 75
4014 will be used instead of the classic code.
4016 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: You need to use this option in your .muttngrc configuration file as it
4017 won't have any effect when used interactively.
4019 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b3 _
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg
4025 If ``_
\by_
\be_
\bs'', always attempt to verify PGP or S/MIME signatures. If ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk'', ask
4026 whether or not to verify the signature. If ``_
\bn_
\bo'', never attempt to verify
4027 cryptographic signatures. (Crypto only)
4029 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b4 _
\bd_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4033 Default: '!%a, %b %d, %Y at %I:%M:%S%p %Z'
4035 This variable controls the format of the date printed by the ``%d'' sequence in
4036 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''. This is passed to strftime(3)
4037 to process the date.
4039 Unless the first character in the string is a bang (``!''), the month and week
4040 day names are expanded according to the locale specified in the variable
4041 ``_
\b$_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.112 , page 93)''. If the first character in the string
4042 is a bang, the bang is discarded, and the month and week day names in the rest
4043 of the string are expanded in the _
\bC locale (that is in US English).
4045 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b5 _
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk
4049 Default: '~f %s !~P | (~P ~C %s)'
4051 This variable controls how send-hooks, message-hooks, save-hooks, and fcc-hooks
4052 will be interpreted if they are specified with only a simple regexp, instead of
4053 a matching pattern. The hooks are expanded when they are declared, so a hook
4054 will be interpreted according to the value of this variable at the time the
4055 hook is declared. The default value matches if the message is either from a
4056 user matching the regular expression given, or if it is from you (if the from
4057 address matches ``alternates'') and is to or cc'ed to a user matching the given
4060 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b6 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
4066 Controls whether or not messages are really deleted when closing or synchroniz-
4067 ing a mailbox. If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, messages marked for deleting will automatically
4069 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 76
4071 be purged without prompting. If set to _
\bn_
\bo, messages marked for deletion will
4072 be kept in the mailbox.
4074 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b7 _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bt_
\ba_
\bg
4080 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will untag messages when marking them for dele-
4081 tion. This applies when you either explicitly delete a message, or when you
4082 save it to another folder.
4084 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b8 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bg_
\be_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be
4090 If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng's received-attachments menu will not show the
4091 subparts of individual messages in a multipart/digest. To see these subparts,
4092 press 'v' on that menu.
4094 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b4_
\b9 _
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br
4100 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies a command used to filter messages. When a message is
4101 viewed it is passed as standard input to _
\b$_
\bd_
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\ba_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\bt_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.49 ,
4102 page 76), and the filtered message is read from the standard output.
4104 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b0 _
\bd_
\bo_
\bt_
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bg_
\br_
\ba_
\bm
4108 Default: '/opt/freebsd4/mutt-ng/bin/muttng_dotlock'
4110 Availability: Standalone and Dotlock
4112 Contains the path of the muttng_dotlock(1) binary to be used by Mutt-ng.
4114 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b1 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\bn_
\bo_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
4120 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4123 This variable sets the request for when notification is returned. The string
4124 consists of a comma separated list (no spaces!) of one or more of the
4126 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 77
4128 following: _
\bn_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br, to never request notification, _
\bf_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bu_
\br_
\be, to request notifica-
4129 tion on transmission failure, _
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\ba_
\by, to be notified of message delays, _
\bs_
\bu_
\bc_
\bc_
\be_
\bs_
\bs,
4130 to be notified of successful transmission.
4132 Example: set dsn_notify='failure,delay'
4134 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b2 _
\bd_
\bs_
\bn_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\bn
4140 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: you should not enable this unless you are using Sendmail 8.8.x or
4143 This variable controls how much of your message is returned in DSN messages.
4144 It may be set to either _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs to return just the message header, or _
\bf_
\bu_
\bl_
\bl to
4145 return the full message.
4147 Example: set dsn_return=hdrs
4149 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b3 _
\bd_
\bu_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
4155 This variable controls whether Mutt-ng, when sorting by threads, threads mes-
4156 sages with the same Message-Id: header field together. If it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
4157 indicate that it thinks they are duplicates of each other with an equals sign
4158 in the thread diagram.
4160 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b4 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4166 This option allows you to edit the header of your outgoing messages along with
4167 the body of your message.
4169 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b5 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
4175 This variable specifies which editor is used by Mutt-ng. It defaults to the
4176 value of the $VISUAL, or $EDITOR, environment variable, or to the string 'vi'
4177 if neither of those are set.
4179 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b6 _
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4183 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 78
4187 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will quoted-printable encode messages when they contain the
4188 string ``From '' (note the trailing space) in the beginning of a line. Useful
4189 to avoid the tampering certain mail delivery and transport agents tend to do
4192 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b7 _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4198 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to derive the message's _
\be_
\bn_
\bv_
\be_
\bl_
\bo_
\bp_
\be sender from the
4199 ``From:'' header field. Note that this information is passed to the sendmail
4200 command using the ``-f' command line switch, so don't set this option if you
4201 are using that switch in _
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 , page 124) yourself, or
4202 if the sendmail on your machine doesn't support that command line switch.
4204 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b8 _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be
4210 Escape character to use for functions in the builtin editor.
4212 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b5_
\b9 _
\bf_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
4218 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the initial prompt for recipients and subject are skipped when reply-
4219 ing to messages, and the initial prompt for subject is skipped when forwarding
4222 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: this variable has no effect when the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt (section 6.3.17 , page
4223 69)'' variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
4225 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
4231 This variable controls whether or not attachments on outgoing messages are
4232 saved along with the main body of your message.
4234 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br
4240 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 79
4242 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, FCCs will be stored unencrypted and unsigned, even
4243 when the actual message is encrypted and/or signed. (PGP only)
4245 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
4251 This variable is a colon-separated list of character encoding schemes for text
4252 file attatchments. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.24 , page 70) value will
4253 be used instead. For example, the following configuration would work for
4254 Japanese text handling:
4256 set file_charset='iso-2022-jp:euc-jp:shift_jis:utf-8'
4258 Note: ``iso-2022-*'' must be put at the head of the value as shown above if
4261 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b3 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4267 Specifies the default location of your mailboxes. A ``+'' or ``='' at the
4268 beginning of a pathname will be expanded to the value of this variable. Note
4269 that if you change this variable from the default value you need to make sure
4270 that the assignment occurs _
\bb_
\be_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\be you use ``+'' or ``='' for any other vari-
4271 ables since expansion takes place during the ``set'' command.
4273 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b4 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4277 Default: '%2C %t %N %F %2l %-8.8u %-8.8g %8s %d %f'
4279 This variable allows you to customize the file browser display to your personal
4280 taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page
4281 89)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
4287 date/time folder was last modified
4295 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 80
4298 group name (or numeric gid, if missing)
4301 number of hard links
4304 N if folder has new mail, blank otherwise
4310 * if the file is tagged, blank otherwise
4313 owner name (or numeric uid, if missing)
4316 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
4319 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
4321 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b5 _
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4327 Controls whether or not the Mail-Followup-To: header field is generated when
4328 sending mail. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate this field when you are replying
4329 to a known mailing list, specified with the ``subscribe'' or ``_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bs (section
4330 3.10 , page 24)'' commands or detected by common mailing list headers.
4332 This field has two purposes. First, preventing you from receiving duplicate
4333 copies of replies to messages which you send to mailing lists. Second, ensuring
4334 that you do get a reply separately for any messages sent to known lists to
4335 which you are not subscribed. The header will contain only the list's address
4336 for subscribed lists, and both the list address and your own email address for
4337 unsubscribed lists. Without this header, a group reply to your message sent to
4338 a subscribed list will be sent to both the list and your address, resulting in
4339 two copies of the same email for you.
4341 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b6 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4347 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it causes Mutt-ng to check for new mail when the _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b-_
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt command
4348 is invoked. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, _
\bb_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt will just list all mailboxes which are
4349 already known to have new mail.
4351 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 81
4353 Also see the following variables: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt (section 6.3.313 , page 141)'',
4354 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.113 , page 93)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
4355 6.3.97 , page 87)''.
4357 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b7 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4363 This variable is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.239 , page 122)'',
4364 except that Mutt-ng will store a copy of your outgoing message by the username
4365 of the address you are sending to even if that mailbox does not exist.
4367 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.228 , page 120)'' variable.
4369 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b8 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
4375 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
4376 a message. The message header is also RFC2047 decoded. This variable is only
4377 used, if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, otherwise
4378 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is used instead.
4380 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b6_
\b9 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt
4386 Controls the handling of encrypted messages when forwarding a message. When
4387 _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the outer layer of encryption is stripped off. This variable is only used
4388 if ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
4389 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.135 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. (PGP only)
4391 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b0 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt
4397 This quadoption controls whether or not the user is automatically placed in the
4398 editor when forwarding messages. For those who always want to forward with no
4399 modification, use a setting of _
\bn_
\bo.
4401 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b1 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4407 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 82
4409 This variable controls the default subject when forwarding a message. It uses
4410 the same format sequences as the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''
4413 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b2 _
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be
4419 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt forwarded messages included in the main body of the message (when
4420 ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97)'' is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt) will be quoted using
4421 ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.107 , page 89)''.
4423 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b3 _
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
4425 Type: e-mail address
4429 This variable contains a default from address. It can be overridden using
4430 my_hdr (including from send-hooks) and ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.234 , page
4431 121)''. This variable is ignored if ``_
\b$_
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.322 , page
4434 E.g. you can use send-hook Mutt-ng-devel@lists.berlios.de 'my_hdr From: Foo Bar
4435 <foo@bar.fb>' when replying to the mutt-ng developer's mailing list and Mutt-ng
4436 takes this email address.
4438 Defaults to the contents of the environment variable $EMAIL.
4440 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b4 _
\bg_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bs_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
4442 Type: regular expression
4446 A regular expression used by Mutt-ng to parse the GECOS field of a password
4447 entry when expanding the alias. By default the regular expression is set to
4448 ``^[^,]*'' which will return the string up to the first ``,'' encountered. If
4449 the GECOS field contains a string like 'lastname, firstname' then you should
4450 do: set gecos_mask='.*'.
4452 This can be useful if you see the following behavior: you address a e-mail to
4453 user ID stevef whose full name is Steve Franklin. If Mutt-ng expands stevef to
4454 ``Franklin'' stevef@foo.bar then you should set the gecos_mask to a regular
4455 expression that will match the whole name so Mutt-ng will expand ``Franklin''
4456 to ``Franklin, Steve''.
4458 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bd_
\br_
\bs
4464 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 83
4466 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the header fields normally added by the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 ,
4467 page 25)'' command are not created. This variable _
\bm_
\bu_
\bs_
\bt be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt before compos-
4468 ing a new message or replying in order to take effect. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the user
4469 defined header fields are added to every new message.
4471 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b6 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br
4477 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable causes Mutt-ng to include the header of the message you
4478 are replying to into the edit buffer. The ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.328 , page
4479 144)'' setting applies.
4481 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b7 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be
4487 Availability: Header Cache
4489 The _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 , page 82) variable points to the header
4492 If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 , page 82) points to a directory it will con-
4493 tain a header cache database per folder. If _
\b$_
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be (section 6.3.77 ,
4494 page 82) points to a file that file will be a single global header cache. By
4495 default it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt so no header caching will be used.
4497 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b8 _
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
4503 If enabled the header cache will be compressed. So only one fifth of the usual
4504 diskspace is used, but the uncompression can result in a slower open of the
4507 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b7_
\b9 _
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bp
4513 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, help lines describing the bindings for the major functions provided
4514 by each menu are displayed on the first line of the screen.
4516 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: The binding will not be displayed correctly if the function is bound to a
4517 sequence rather than a single keystroke. Also, the help line may not be
4518 updated if a binding is changed while Mutt-ng is running. Since this variable
4519 is primarily aimed at new users, neither of these should present a major
4521 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 84
4525 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b0 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
4531 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will skip the host name part of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
4532 6.3.88 , page 85)'' variable when adding the domain part to addresses. This
4533 variable does not affect the generation of Message-ID: header fields, and it
4534 will not lead to the cut-off of first-level domains.
4536 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b1 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4542 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4543 limiting, in the thread tree.
4545 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b2 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4551 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages in the thread
4554 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b3 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4560 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the subject of messages in the thread tree that
4561 have the same subject as their parent or closest previously displayed sibling.
4563 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b4 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
4569 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of messages that are hidden by
4570 limiting, at the top of threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\b-
4571 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.82 , page 84) is set, this option will have no effect.
4573 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b5 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4577 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 85
4581 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not show the presence of missing messages at the top of
4582 threads in the thread tree. Note that when _
\b$_
\bh_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.81 ,
4583 page 83) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this option will have no effect.
4585 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b6 _
\bh_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\by
4591 This variable controls the size (in number of strings remembered) of the string
4592 history buffer. The buffer is cleared each time the variable is changed.
4594 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b7 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4600 This variable controls whether or not a Mail-Followup-To: header field is hon-
4601 ored when group-replying to a message.
4603 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b8 _
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
4609 Specifies the hostname to use after the ``@'' in local e-mail addresses and
4610 during generation of Message-Id: headers.
4612 Please be sure to really know what you are doing when changing this variable to
4613 configure a custom domain part of Message-IDs.
4615 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b8_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
4621 Affects the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function when replying to messages from
4622 mailing lists. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, if the ``Reply-To:'' header field is set to the same
4623 value as the ``To:'' header field, Mutt-ng assumes that the ``Reply-To:''
4624 header field was set by the mailing list to automate responses to the list, and
4625 will ignore this field. To direct a response to the mailing list when this
4626 option is set, use the _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by function; _
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b-_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by will reply to both the
4627 sender and the list.
4629 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
4633 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 86
4639 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
4640 use to log in to an IMAP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
4641 tication methods are either ``login'' or the right side of an IMAP ``AUTH=''
4642 capability string, e.g. ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''. This param-
4643 eter is case-insensitive.
4645 If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default) Mutt-ng will try all available meth-
4646 ods, in order from most-secure to least-secure.
4648 Example: set imap_authenticators='gssapi:cram-md5:login'
4650 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Mutt-ng will only fall back to other authentication methods if the previ-
4651 ous methods are unavailable. If a method is available but authentication fails,
4652 Mutt-ng will not connect to the IMAP server.
4654 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
4662 This contains the list of characters which you would like to treat as folder
4663 separators for displaying IMAP paths. In particular it helps in using the '='
4664 shortcut for your _
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 , page 79) variable.
4666 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl
4672 Availability: IMAP and SSL or IMAP and GNUTLS
4674 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always use SSL when connecting to IMAP
4677 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\bs
4685 Mutt-ng requests these header fields in addition to the default headers (``DATE
4686 FROM SUBJECT TO CC MESSAGE-ID REFERENCES CONTENT-TYPE CONTENT-DESCRIPTION IN-
4687 REPLY-TO REPLY-TO LINES X-LABEL'') from IMAP servers before displaying the
4688 ``index'' menu. You may want to add more headers for spam detection.
4690 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 87
4692 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This is a space separated list.
4694 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bc_
\be
4702 You normally want to see your personal folders alongside your INBOX in the IMAP
4703 browser. If you see something else, you may set this variable to the IMAP path
4706 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4714 This variable specifies the maximum amount of time in seconds that Mutt-ng will
4715 wait before polling open IMAP connections, to prevent the server from closing
4716 them before Mutt-ng has finished with them.
4718 The default is well within the RFC-specified minimum amount of time (30 min-
4719 utes) before a server is allowed to do this, but in practice the RFC does get
4720 violated every now and then.
4722 Reduce this number if you find yourself getting disconnected from your IMAP
4723 server due to inactivity.
4725 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
4733 This variable configures whether IMAP folder browsing will look for only sub-
4734 scribed folders or all folders. This can be toggled in the IMAP browser with
4735 the _
\bt_
\bo_
\bg_
\bg_
\bl_
\be_
\b-_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd function.
4737 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
4743 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
4744 mail in IMAP folders. This is split from the ``_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section 6.3.113 ,
4745 page 93)'' variable to generate less traffic and get more accurate information
4747 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 88
4751 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
4759 Specifies the password for your IMAP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt
4760 you for your password when you invoke the fetch-mail function.
4762 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg: you should only use this option when you are on a fairly secure
4763 machine, because the superuser can read your configuration even if you are the
4764 only one who can read the file.
4766 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b9_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bi_
\bv_
\be
4774 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not open new IMAP connections to check for new mail.
4775 Mutt-ng will only check for new mail over existing IMAP connections. This is
4776 useful if you don't want to be prompted to user/password pairs on Mutt-ng invo-
4777 cation, or if opening the connection is slow.
4779 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\be_
\be_
\bk
4787 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will avoid implicitly marking your mail as read whenever you
4788 fetch a message from the server. This is generally a good thing, but can make
4789 closing an IMAP folder somewhat slower. This option exists to appease speed
4792 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
4800 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to IMAP server when the
4803 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 89
4805 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bo_
\bi_
\bs_
\be
4813 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display warning messages from the IMAP server as error
4814 messages. Since these messages are often harmless, or generated due to configu-
4815 ration problems on the server which are out of the users' hands, you may wish
4816 to suppress them at some point.
4818 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
4826 Your login name on the IMAP server.
4828 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
4830 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bc_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw
4836 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for a mailcap entry with the ``copiousoutput'' flag
4837 set for _
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\by MIME attachment it doesn't have an internal viewer defined for.
4838 If such an entry is found, Mutt-ng will use the viewer defined in that entry to
4839 convert the body part to text form.
4841 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be
4847 Controls whether or not a copy of the message(s) you are replying to is
4848 included in your reply.
4850 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bc_
\bl_
\bu_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\bf_
\bi_
\br_
\bs_
\bt
4856 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng includes only the first attachment of the mes-
4857 sage you are replying.
4859 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 90
4861 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
4867 Specifies the string to prepend to each line of text quoted in a message to
4868 which you are replying. You are strongly encouraged not to change this value,
4869 as it tends to agitate the more fanatical netizens.
4871 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
4875 Default: '%4C %Z %{%b %d} %-15.15L (%?l?%4l&%4c?) %s'
4877 This variable allows you to customize the message index display to your per-
4880 ``Format strings'' are similar to the strings used in the ``C'' function
4881 printf(3) to format output (see the man page for more detail). The following
4882 sequences are defined in Mutt-ng:
4885 address of the author
4888 reply-to address (if present; otherwise: address of author)
4891 filename of the original message folder (think mailBox)
4894 the list to which the letter was sent, or else the folder name
4898 number of characters (bytes) in the message
4901 current message number
4904 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4905 mat'' converted to sender's time zone
4908 date and time of the message in the format specified by ``date_for-
4909 mat'' converted to the local time zone
4912 current message number in thread
4914 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 91
4917 number of messages in current thread
4920 entire From: line (address + real name)
4923 author name, or recipient name if the message is from you
4926 spam attribute(s) of this message
4929 newsgroup name (if compiled with nntp support)
4932 message-id of the current message
4935 number of lines in the message (does not work with maildir, mh, and
4936 possibly IMAP folders)
4939 If an address in the To or CC header field matches an address
4940 defined by the users ``subscribe'' command, this displays 'To
4941 <list-name>', otherwise the same as %F.
4944 total number of message in the mailbox
4947 number of hidden messages if the thread is collapsed.
4953 author's real name (or address if missing)
4956 (_O_riginal save folder) Where Mutt-ng would formerly have stashed
4957 the message: list name or recipient name if no list
4960 subject of the message
4963 status of the message (N/D/d/!/r/*)
4966 `to:' field (recipients)
4969 the appropriate character from the _
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.315 ,
4971 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 92
4976 user (login) name of the author
4979 first name of the author, or the recipient if the message is from
4983 name of organization of author (`organization:' field)
4986 `x-label:' field, if present
4989 `x-label' field, if present, and (1) not at part of a thread tree,
4990 (2) at the top of a thread, or (3) `x-label' is different from pre-
4991 ceding message's `x-label'.
4994 message status flags
4997 the date and time of the message is converted to sender's time
4998 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
4999 a leading bang disables locales
5002 the date and time of the message is converted to the local time
5003 zone, and ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function ``strftime'';
5004 a leading bang disables locales
5007 the local date and time when the message was received. ``fmt'' is
5008 expanded by the library function ``strftime''; a leading bang dis-
5012 the current local time. ``fmt'' is expanded by the library function
5013 ``strftime''; a leading bang disables locales.
5016 right justify the rest of the string and pad with character 'X'
5019 pad to the end of the line with character 'X'
5021 See also: ``_
\b$_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.315 , page 142)''.
5023 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bi_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
5027 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 93
5031 How to invoke ispell (GNU's spell-checking software).
5033 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bk_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5039 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, read messages marked as flagged will not be moved from your spool mail-
5040 box to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.122 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5041 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5043 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by
5049 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, address replies to the mailing list the original message came from
5050 (instead to the author only). Setting this option to ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs'' or ``_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo''
5051 will ask if you really intended to reply to the author only.
5053 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\be
5059 The locale used by strftime(3) to format dates. Legal values are the strings
5060 your system accepts for the locale variable LC_TIME.
5062 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5068 This variable configures how often (in seconds) Mutt-ng should look for new
5071 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This does not apply to IMAP mailboxes, see _
\b$_
\bi_
\bm_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk (section
5074 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bh
5080 This variable specifies which files to consult when attempting to display MIME
5081 bodies not directly supported by Mutt-ng.
5083 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 94
5085 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bn_
\bi_
\bt_
\bi_
\bz_
\be
5091 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict possible characters in mailcap % expandos to a
5092 well-defined set of safe characters. This is the safe setting, but we are not
5093 sure it doesn't break some more advanced MIME stuff.
5095 D
\bDO
\bON
\bN'
\b'T
\bT C
\bCH
\bHA
\bAN
\bNG
\bGE
\bE T
\bTH
\bHI
\bIS
\bS S
\bSE
\bET
\bTT
\bTI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG U
\bUN
\bNL
\bLE
\bES
\bSS
\bS Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE R
\bRE
\bEA
\bAL
\bLL
\bLY
\bY S
\bSU
\bUR
\bRE
\bE W
\bWH
\bHA
\bAT
\bT Y
\bYO
\bOU
\bU A
\bAR
\bRE
\bE D
\bDO
\bOI
\bIN
\bNG
\bG!
\b!
5097 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bh_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by
5103 Availability: Header Cache
5105 Check for Maildir unaware programs other than Mutt-ng having modified maildir
5106 files when the header cache is in use. This incurs one stat(2) per message
5107 every time the folder is opened.
5109 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\bi_
\br_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
5115 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages marked as deleted will be saved with the maildir (T)rashed
5116 flag instead of physically deleted.
5118 N
\bNO
\bOT
\bTE
\bE:
\b: this only applies to maildir-style mailboxes. Setting it will have no
5119 effect on other mailbox types.
5121 It is similiar to the trash option.
5123 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\b__
\bo_
\bl_
\bd
5129 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng marks _
\bn_
\be_
\bw u
\bun
\bnr
\bre
\bea
\bad
\bd messages as _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd if you exit a
5130 mailbox without reading them.
5132 With this option _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the next time you start Mutt-ng, the messages will show
5133 up with an 'O' next to them in the ``index'' menu, indicating that they are
5136 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs
5140 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 95
5144 Controls the display of wrapped lines in the internal pager. If set, a ``+''
5145 marker is displayed at the beginning of wrapped lines. Also see the
5146 ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp (section 6.3.261 , page 127)'' variable.
5148 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
5150 Type: regular expression
5154 A regular expression used in the file browser, optionally preceded by the _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt
5155 operator ``!''. Only files whose names match this mask will be shown. The
5156 match is always case-sensitive.
5158 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\b__
\bl_
\be_
\bn_
\bg_
\bt_
\bh
5164 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the maximum line length for displaying ``format = flowed'' messages
5165 is limited to this length. A value of 0 (which is also the default) means that
5166 the maximum line length is determined by the terminal width and _
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
5167 (section 6.3.330 , page 145).
5169 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx
5175 This specifies the folder into which read mail in your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section
5176 6.3.293 , page 135)'' folder will be appended.
5178 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b__
\bt_
\by_
\bp_
\be
5184 The default mailbox type used when creating new folders. May be any of mbox,
5185 MMDF, MH and Maildir.
5187 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5193 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when
5194 scrolling through menus. (Similar to ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.165 , page
5197 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 96
5199 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bo_
\bf_
\bf
5205 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom entry of menus will never scroll up past the bottom of
5206 the screen, unless there are less entries than lines. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the bottom
5207 entry may move off the bottom.
5209 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu_
\b__
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl
5215 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, menus will be scrolled up or down one line when you attempt to move
5216 across a screen boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the screen is cleared and the next or pre-
5217 vious page of the menu is displayed (useful for slow links to avoid many
5220 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5226 This is the string displayed in the ``attachment'' menu for attachments of type
5227 message/rfc822. For a full listing of defined printf(3)-like sequences see the
5228 section on ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)''.
5230 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
5236 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, forces Mutt-ng to interpret keystrokes with the high bit (bit 8) set as
5237 if the user had pressed the ESC key and whatever key remains after having the
5238 high bit removed. For example, if the key pressed has an ASCII value of 0xf4,
5239 then this is treated as if the user had pressed ESC then ``x''. This is
5240 because the result of removing the high bit from ``0xf4'' is ``0x74'', which is
5241 the ASCII character ``x''.
5243 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\bo_
\bo
5249 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will remove your address (see the ``alternates'' command)
5250 from the list of recipients when replying to a message.
5252 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 97
5254 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\br_
\bg_
\be
5260 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mimic mh's behaviour and rename deleted messages to
5261 _
\b,_
\b<_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd _
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be _
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\b> in mh folders instead of really deleting them. If the vari-
5262 able is set, the message files will simply be deleted.
5264 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg_
\bg_
\be_
\bd
5270 The name of the MH sequence used for flagged messages.
5272 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bd
5278 The name of the MH sequence used to tag replied messages.
5280 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bm_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\be_
\bn
5286 The name of the MH sequence used for unseen messages.
5288 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd
5294 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the message you are forwarding will be attached as a separate MIME
5295 part instead of included in the main body of the message.
5297 This is useful for forwarding MIME messages so the receiver can properly view
5298 the message as it was delivered to you. If you like to switch between MIME and
5299 not MIME from mail to mail, set this variable to ask-no or ask-yes.
5301 Also see ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\b-
5302 _
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.135 , page 97)''.
5304 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5308 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 98
5312 Controls the decoding of complex MIME messages into text/plain when forwarding
5313 a message while ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.134 , page 97)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. Other-
5314 wise ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be (section 6.3.68 , page 81)'' is used instead.
5316 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b6 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bw_
\ba_
\br_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bt
5322 When forwarding multiple attachments of a MIME message from the recvattach
5323 menu, attachments which cannot be decoded in a reasonable manner will be
5324 attached to the newly composed message if this option is set.
5326 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5330 Default: '%4n %c %-16s %a'
5332 Availability: Mixmaster
5334 This variable describes the format of a remailer line on the mixmaster chain
5335 selection screen. The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
5338 The running number on the menu.
5341 Remailer capabilities.
5344 The remailer's short name.
5347 The remailer's e-mail address.
5349 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bm_
\bi_
\bx_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5353 Default: 'mixmaster'
5355 Availability: Mixmaster
5357 This variable contains the path to the Mixmaster binary on your system. It is
5358 used with various sets of parameters to gather the list of known remailers, and
5359 to finally send a message through the mixmaster chain.
5361 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bm_
\bo_
\bv_
\be
5365 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 99
5369 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will move read messages from your spool mailbox
5370 to your ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx (section 6.3.122 , page 95)'' mailbox, or as a result of a
5371 ``_
\bm_
\bb_
\bo_
\bx_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.11 , page 25)'' command.
5373 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bm_
\bs_
\bg_
\bi_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5377 Default: '%Y%m%d%h%M%s.G%P%p'
5379 This is the format for the ``local part'' of the Message-Id: header field gen-
5380 erated by Mutt-ng. If this variable is empty, no Message-Id: headers will be
5381 generated. The '%' character marks that certain data will be added to the
5382 string, similar to printf(3). The following characters are allowed:
5385 the current day of month
5397 the current UNIX timestamp (octal)
5403 the current Message-ID prefix (a character rotating with every Mes-
5404 sage-ID being generated)
5407 a random integer value (decimal)
5410 a random integer value (hexadecimal)
5416 the current UNIX timestamp (decimal)
5419 the current UNIX timestamp (hexadecimal)
5421 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 100
5424 the current year (Y2K compliant)
5429 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Please only change this setting if you know what you are doing. Also
5430 make sure to consult RFC2822 to produce technically _
\bv_
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\bd strings.
5432 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bn_
\ba_
\br_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\be_
\be
5438 This variable, when _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, makes the thread tree narrower, allowing deeper
5439 threads to fit on the screen.
5441 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bp
5449 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the Followup-To: header field before edit-
5450 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5452 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5460 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you for the X-Comment-To: header field before edit-
5461 ing the body of an outgoing news article.
5463 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br
5467 Default: '~/.muttng'
5471 This variable points to directory where Mutt-ng will cache news article head-
5472 ers. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, headers will not be saved at all and will be reloaded each time
5473 when you enter a newsgroup.
5475 As for the header caching in connection with IMAP and/or Maildir, this drasti-
5476 cally increases speed and lowers traffic.
5478 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 101
5480 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bc_
\bh_
\bu_
\bp
5488 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will mark all articles in a newsgroup as read
5489 when you leaving it.
5491 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5499 This variable controls how many news articles to cache per newsgroup (if
5500 caching is enabled, see _
\b$_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bi_
\br (section , page )) and how many news
5501 articles to show in the ``index'' menu.
5503 If there're more articles than defined with _
\b$_
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt (section 6.3.146 ,
5504 page 100), all older ones will be removed/not shown in the index.
5506 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\br
5514 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the keyword 'poster' is present in the Followup-To:
5515 header field, a follow-up to the newsgroup is not permitted. The message will
5516 be mailed to the submitter of the message via mail.
5518 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5522 Default: '%4C %M%N %5s %-45.45f %d'
5526 This variable allows you to customize the newsgroup browser display to your
5527 personal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 ,
5528 page 89)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5530 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 102
5532 %C current newsgroup number
5533 %d description of newsgroup (retrieved from server)
5535 %M ``-'' if newsgroup not allowed for direct post (moderated for example)
5536 %N ``N'' if newsgroup is new, ``u'' if unsubscribed, blank otherwise
5537 %n number of new articles in newsgroup
5538 %s number of unread articles in newsgroup
5539 %>X right justify the rest of the string and pad with character "X"
5540 %|X pad to the end of the line with character "X"
5542 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
5550 This variable specifies the name (or address) of the NNTP server to be used.
5552 It defaults to the value specified via the environment variable $NNTPSERVER or
5553 contained in the file /etc/nntpserver.
5555 You can also specify a username and an alternative port for each newsserver,
5558 [nntp[s]://][username[:password]@]newsserver[:port]
5560 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Using a password as shown and stored in a configuration file presents a
5561 security risk since the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the
5564 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5572 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, specifies the program and arguments used to deliver news posted by
5573 Mutt-ng. Otherwise, Mutt-ng posts article using current connection. The fol-
5574 lowing printf(3)-style sequence is understood:
5578 Example: set inews='/usr/local/bin/inews -hS'
5580 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
5584 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 103
5590 This variable controls whether or not descriptions for newsgroups are to be
5591 loaded when subscribing to a newsgroup.
5593 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
5601 The time in seconds until any operations on a newsgroup except posting a new
5602 article will cause a recheck for new news. If set to 0, Mutt-ng will recheck on
5603 each operation in index (stepping, read article, etc.).
5605 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bj_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5613 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, an 8-bit ``Subject:'' header field in a news article will not be
5614 encoded according to RFC2047.
5616 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Only change this setting if you know what you are doing.
5618 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs_
\br_
\bc
5622 Default: '~/.newsrc'
5626 This file contains information about subscribed newsgroup and articles read so
5629 To ease the use of multiple news servers, the following printf(3)-style
5630 sequence is understood:
5634 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
5638 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 104
5644 Your password for NNTP account.
5646 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
5647 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
5649 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
5657 If set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, Mutt-ng will post articles to newsgroup that have not permis-
5658 sions to post (e.g. moderated).
5660 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: if the newsserver does not support posting to that newsgroup or a group
5661 is totally read-only, that posting will not have any effect.
5663 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
5671 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a newsserver when the
5672 was connection lost.
5674 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bs_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\be_
\bd
5682 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, info about unsubscribed newsgroups will be saved into the ``newsrc''
5683 file and into the news cache.
5685 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bs
5693 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the newsserver will be asked for new newsgroups on entering the
5695 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 105
5697 browser. Otherwise, it will be done only once for a newsserver. Also controls
5698 whether or not the number of new articles of subscribed newsgroups will be
5701 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
5709 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only subscribed newsgroups that contain unread articles will be dis-
5710 played in the newsgroup browser.
5712 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
5720 Your login name on the NNTP server. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and the server requires authen-
5721 tification, Mutt-ng will prompt you for your account name.
5723 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bn_
\bn_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bx_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
5731 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``X-Comment-To:'' header field (that contains full
5732 name of the original article author) to articles that you followup to.
5734 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bo_
\bp_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bs_
\by_
\bs_
\bt_
\be_
\bm
5740 This specifies the operating system name for the User-Agent: header field. If
5741 this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will be set to the operating system name that uname(2)
5742 returns. If uname(2) fails, ``UNIX'' will be used.
5744 It may, for example, look as: ``mutt-ng 1.5.9i (Linux)''.
5746 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
5752 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 106
5754 This variable specifies which pager you would like to use to view messages.
5755 ``builtin'' means to use the builtin pager, otherwise this variable should
5756 specify the pathname of the external pager you would like to use.
5758 Using an external pager may have some disadvantages: Additional keystrokes are
5759 necessary because you can't call Mutt-ng functions directly from the pager, and
5760 screen resizes cause lines longer than the screen width to be badly formatted
5763 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt
5769 This variable controls the number of lines of context that are given when dis-
5770 playing the next or previous page in the internal pager. By default, Mutt-ng
5771 will display the line after the last one on the screen at the top of the next
5772 page (0 lines of context).
5774 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5778 Default: '-%Z- %C/%m: %-20.20n %s'
5780 This variable controls the format of the one-line message ``status'' displayed
5781 before each message in either the internal or an external pager. The valid
5782 sequences are listed in the ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)'' sec-
5785 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs
5791 Determines the number of lines of a mini-index which is shown when in the
5792 pager. The current message, unless near the top or bottom of the folder, will
5793 be roughly one third of the way down this mini-index, giving the reader the
5794 context of a few messages before and after the message. This is useful, for
5795 example, to determine how many messages remain to be read in the current
5796 thread. One of the lines is reserved for the status bar from the index, so a
5797 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs of 6 will only show 5 lines of the actual index. A value of
5798 0 results in no index being shown. If the number of messages in the current
5799 folder is less than _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be_
\bs, then the index will only use as many
5802 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
5808 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 107
5810 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will n
\bno
\bot
\bt move to the next message when you are at
5811 the end of a message and invoke the _
\bn_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b-_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be function.
5813 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
5819 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically attempt to decrypt traditional PGP messages
5820 whenever the user performs an operation which ordinarily would result in the
5821 contents of the message being operated on. For example, if the user displays a
5822 pgp-traditional message which has not been manually checked with the check-tra-
5823 ditional-pgp function, Mutt-ng will automatically check the message for tradi-
5826 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
5832 This option controls whether Mutt-ng generates old-style inline (traditional)
5833 PGP encrypted or signed messages under certain circumstances. This can be
5834 overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not required.
5836 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
5837 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
5838 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
5839 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.186 , page 110)''.
5841 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
5844 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bi_
\bt
5850 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will check the exit code of the PGP subprocess when signing or
5851 encrypting. A non-zero exit code means that the subprocess failed. (PGP only)
5853 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5859 This format is used to create a old-style ``clearsigned'' PGP message.
5861 Note that the use of this format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd. (PGP only)
5863 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 108
5865 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5871 This format strings specifies a command which is used to decode application/pgp
5874 The PGP command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5877 Expands to PGPPASSFD=0 when a pass phrase is needed, to an empty
5878 string otherwise. Note: This may be used with a %? construct.
5881 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
5884 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
5885 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
5888 The value of _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.190 , page 111).
5891 One or more key IDs.
5893 For examples on how to configure these formats for the various versions of PGP
5894 which are floating around, see the pgp*.rc and gpg.rc files in the samples/
5895 subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the documenta-
5898 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5904 This command is used to decrypt a PGP encrypted message. (PGP only)
5906 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5912 This command is used to encrypt a body part without signing it. (PGP only)
5914 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5920 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 109
5922 This command is used to both sign and encrypt a body part. (PGP only)
5924 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
5928 Default: '%4n %t%f %4l/0x%k %-4a %2c %u'
5930 This variable allows you to customize the PGP key selection menu to your per-
5931 sonal taste. This string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page
5932 89)'', but has its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
5956 trust/validity of the key-uid association
5959 date of the key where <s> is an strftime(3) expression
5963 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\be_
\bx_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5969 This command is used to export a public key from the user's key ring. (PGP
5972 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
5976 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 110
5980 This command is invoked whenever Mutt-ng will need public key information. %r
5981 is the only printf(3)-like sequence used with this format. (PGP only)
5983 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bg_
\bo_
\bo_
\bd_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn
5985 Type: regular expression
5989 If you assign a text to this variable, then a PGP signature is only considered
5990 verified if the output from _
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.196 , page 113)
5991 contains the text. Use this variable if the exit code from the command is 0
5992 even for bad signatures. (PGP only)
5994 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bu_
\bb_
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6000 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to ignore OpenPGP subkeys. Instead,
6001 the principal key will inherit the subkeys' capabilities. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this if you
6002 want to play interesting key selection games. (PGP only)
6004 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6010 This command is used to import a key from a message into the user's public key
6013 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bp_
\bu_
\bb_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6019 This command is used to list the public key ring's contents. The output format
6020 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6022 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6025 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bi_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6031 This command is used to list the secret key ring's contents. The output format
6033 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 111
6035 must be analogous to the one used by gpg --list-keys --with-colons.
6037 This format is also generated by the pgpring utility which comes with Mutt-ng.
6040 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bn_
\bg_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bs
6046 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, use 64 bit PGP key IDs. _
\bU_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt uses the normal 32 bit Key IDs. (PGP
6049 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo
6055 This option controls whether Mutt-ng will prompt you for automatically sending
6056 a (signed/encrypted) message using PGP/MIME when inline (traditional) fails
6059 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6062 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\bi_
\bn_
\bl_
\bi_
\bn_
\be
6068 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to always attempt to create an inline
6069 (traditional) message when replying to a message which is PGP encrypted/signed
6070 inline. This can be overridden by use of the _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bu, when inline is not
6071 required. This option does not automatically detect if the (replied-to) mes-
6072 sage is inline; instead it relies on Mutt-ng internals for previously
6073 checked/flagged messages.
6075 Note that Mutt-ng might automatically use PGP/MIME for messages which consist
6076 of more than a single MIME part. Mutt-ng can be configured to ask before send-
6077 ing PGP/MIME messages when inline (traditional) would not work. See also:
6078 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo (section 6.3.186 , page 110)''.
6080 Also note that using the old-style PGP message format is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by d
\bde
\bep
\bpr
\bre
\bec
\bca
\bat
\bte
\bed
\bd.
6083 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bt_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bs
6089 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 112
6091 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, signed and encrypted messages will consist of nested multipart/signed
6092 and multipart/encrypted body parts.
6094 This is useful for applications like encrypted and signed mailing lists, where
6095 the outer layer (multipart/encrypted) can be easily removed, while the inner
6096 multipart/signed part is retained. (PGP only)
6098 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bw_
\b__
\bu_
\bn_
\bu_
\bs_
\ba_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6104 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will display non-usable keys on the PGP key selection menu.
6105 This includes keys which have been revoked, have expired, or have been marked
6106 as ``disabled'' by the user. (PGP only)
6108 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\ba_
\bs
6114 If you have more than one key pair, this option allows you to specify which of
6115 your private keys to use. It is recommended that you use the keyid form to
6116 specify your key (e.g., ``0x00112233''). (PGP only)
6118 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6124 This command is used to create the detached PGP signature for a multi-
6125 part/signed PGP/MIME body part. (PGP only)
6127 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
6133 Specifies how the entries in the ``pgp keys'' menu are sorted. The following
6137 sort alphabetically by user id
6140 sort alphabetically by key id
6143 sort by key creation date
6145 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 113
6148 sort by the trust of the key
6150 If you prefer reverse order of the above values, prefix it with ``reverse-''.
6153 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc
6159 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will automatically encode PGP/MIME signed messages as quoted-
6160 printable. Please note that unsetting this variable may lead to problems with
6161 non-verifyable PGP signatures, so only change this if you know what you are
6164 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
6170 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
6171 Default: 300. (PGP only)
6173 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\bp_
\bg_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
6179 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use a possibly-running gpg-agent process. (PGP only)
6181 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6187 This command is used to verify PGP signatures. (PGP only)
6189 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6195 This command is used to verify key information from the key selection menu.
6198 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6202 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 114
6206 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will
6207 pipe the messages without any preprocessing. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed head-
6208 ers and will attempt to PGP/MIME decode the messages first.
6210 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b1_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6216 The separator to add between messages when piping a list of tagged messages to
6217 an external Unix command.
6219 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6225 Used in connection with the _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be command and the ``tag- prefix'' or
6226 ``tag-prefix-cond'' operators. If this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when piping a list
6227 of tagged messages Mutt-ng will concatenate the messages and will pipe them as
6228 a single folder. When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will pipe the messages one by one. In both
6229 cases the messages are piped in the current sorted order, and the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp
6230 (section 6.3.199 , page 113)'' separator is added after each message.
6232 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bt_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6240 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try all available methods. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only
6241 fall back to other authentication methods if the previous methods are unavail-
6242 able. If a method is available but authentication fails, Mutt-ng will not con-
6243 nect to the POP server.
6245 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br_
\bs
6253 This is a colon-delimited list of authentication methods Mutt-ng may attempt to
6254 use to log in to an POP server, in the order Mutt-ng should try them. Authen-
6255 tication methods are either ``user'', ``apop'' or any SASL mechanism, eg
6256 ``digest-md5'', ``gssapi'' or ``cram-md5''.
6258 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 115
6260 This parameter is case-insensitive. If this parameter is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default)
6261 Mutt-ng will try all available methods, in order from most-secure to least-
6264 Example: set pop_authenticators='digest-md5:apop:user'
6266 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6274 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will delete successfully downloaded messages from the POP
6275 server when using the ``fetch-mail'' function. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will down-
6276 load messages but also leave them on the POP server.
6278 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
6286 The name of your POP server for the ``fetch-mail'' function. You can also
6287 specify an alternative port, username and password, i.e.:
6289 [pop[s]://][username[:password]@]popserver[:port]
6291 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6292 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6294 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bs_
\bt
6302 If this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will try to use the ``LAST'' POP command for
6303 retrieving only unread messages from the POP server when using the ``fetch-
6306 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\be_
\bc_
\bk
6314 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 116
6316 This variable configures how often (in seconds) POP should look for new mail.
6318 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs
6326 Specifies the password for your POP account. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will prompt you
6327 for your password when you open POP mailbox.
6329 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
6330 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
6332 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6340 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng will try to reconnect to a POP server when the
6343 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bp_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br
6351 Your login name on the POP server.
6353 This variable defaults to your user name on the local machine.
6355 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6361 Similar to the ``_
\b$_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bb_
\bu_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.15 , page 68)'' variable, Mutt-ng
6362 will append this string after the inclusion of a message which is being replied
6365 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
6371 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 117
6373 Controls whether or not messages are saved in the ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section
6374 6.3.212 , page 116)'' mailbox when you elect not to send immediately.
6376 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd
6380 Default: '~/postponed'
6382 Mutt-ng allows you to indefinitely ``_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.211 , page 116)
6383 sending a message'' which you are editing. When you choose to postpone a mes-
6384 sage, Mutt-ng saves it in the mailbox specified by this variable. Also see the
6385 ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be (section 6.3.211 , page 116)'' variable.
6387 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bp_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bc_
\bt
6393 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, a shell command to be executed if Mutt-ng fails to establish a connec-
6394 tion to the server. This is useful for setting up secure connections, e.g. with
6395 ssh(1). If the command returns a nonzero status, Mutt-ng gives up opening the
6398 preconnect='ssh -f -q -L 1234:mailhost.net:143 mailhost.net sleep 20 <
6399 /dev/null > /dev/null'
6401 Mailbox ``foo'' on mailhost.net can now be reached as ``{localhost:1234}foo''.
6403 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work, you must be able to log in to the remote
6404 machine without having to enter a password.
6406 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt
6412 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng really prints messages. This is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo
6413 by default, because some people accidentally hit ``p'' often.
6415 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6421 This specifies the command pipe that should be used to print messages.
6423 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bd_
\be
6427 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 118
6431 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6432 message is decoded before it is passed to the external command specified by
6433 _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.215 , page 117). If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no pro-
6434 cessing will be applied to the message when printing it. The latter setting
6435 may be useful if you are using some advanced printer filter which is able to
6436 properly format e-mail messages for printing.
6438 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bp_
\bl_
\bi_
\bt
6444 Used in connection with the print-message command. If this option is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6445 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.215 , page 117) is executed
6446 once for each message which is to be printed. If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the
6447 command specified by _
\b$_
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd (section 6.3.215 , page 117) is executed
6448 only once, and all the messages are concatenated, with a form feed as the mes-
6451 Those who use the enscript(1) program's mail-printing mode will most likely
6452 want to set this option.
6454 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bp_
\br_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bf_
\bt_
\be_
\br
6460 If you use an _
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.164 , page 105)'', setting this
6461 variable will cause Mutt-ng to prompt you for a command when the pager exits
6462 rather than returning to the index menu. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will return to the
6463 index menu when the external pager exits.
6465 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
6471 This specifies the command that Mutt-ng will use to make external address
6472 queries. The string should contain a %s, which will be substituted with the
6473 query string the user types. See ``_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by (section 4.6 , page 42)'' for more
6476 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bi_
\bt
6482 This variable controls whether ``quit'' and ``exit'' actually quit from Mutt-
6484 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 119
6486 ng. If it set to _
\by_
\be_
\bs, they do quit, if it is set to _
\bn_
\bo, they have no effect,
6487 and if it is set to _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\by_
\be_
\bs or _
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b-_
\bn_
\bo, you are prompted for confirmation when
6490 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6496 Controls whether or not empty lines will be quoted using ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (sec-
6497 tion 6.3.107 , page 89)''.
6499 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
6505 Controls how quoted lines will be quoted. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, one quote character will be
6506 added to the end of existing prefix. Otherwise, quoted lines will be prepended
6507 by ``_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.107 , page 89)''.
6509 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6511 Type: regular expression
6513 Default: '^([ \t]*[|>:}#])+'
6515 A regular expression used in the internal-pager to determine quoted sections of
6516 text in the body of a message.
6518 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: In order to use the _
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bdx
\bx patterns in the internal pager, you need to
6519 set this to a regular expression that matches _
\be_
\bx_
\ba_
\bc_
\bt_
\bl_
\by the quote characters at
6520 the beginning of quoted lines.
6522 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b4 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
6528 If set to a value greater than 0, Mutt-ng will display which message it is cur-
6529 rently on when reading a mailbox. The message is printed after _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc mes-
6530 sages have been read (e.g., if set to 25, Mutt-ng will print a message when it
6531 reads message 25, and then again when it gets to message 50). This variable is
6532 meant to indicate progress when reading large mailboxes which may take some
6533 time. When set to 0, only a single message will appear before the reading the
6536 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.332 , page 145)'' variable.
6538 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6540 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 120
6546 If set, all folders are opened in read-only mode.
6548 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b6 _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6554 This variable specifies what ``real'' or ``personal'' name should be used when
6557 By default, this is the GECOS field from /etc/passwd.
6559 _
\bN_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b: This variable will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt be used when the user has set a real name in the
6560 _
\b$_
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm (section 6.3.73 , page 81) variable.
6562 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b7 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\ba_
\bl_
\bl
6568 Controls whether or not Mutt-ng recalls postponed messages when composing a new
6569 message. Also see ``_
\b$_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be_
\bd (section 6.3.212 , page 116)''.
6571 Setting this variable to _
\by_
\be_
\bs is not generally useful, and thus not recommended.
6573 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b8 _
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
6579 This specifies the file into which your outgoing messages should be appended.
6580 (This is meant as the primary method for saving a copy of your messages, but
6581 another way to do this is using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' com-
6582 mand to create a Bcc: header field with your email address in it.)
6584 The value of _
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd _
\b(_
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b8 _
\b, _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be _
\b1_
\b2_
\b0_
\b) is overridden by the
6585 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' and ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
6586 6.3.239 , page 122)'' variables, and the ``_
\bf_
\bc_
\bc_
\b-_
\bh_
\bo_
\bo_
\bk (section 3.16 , page
6589 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b2_
\b9 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp
6591 Type: regular expression
6593 Default: '^(re([\[0-9\]+])*|aw):[ \t]*'
6595 A regular expression used to recognize reply messages when threading and
6597 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 121
6599 replying. The default value corresponds to the English ``Re:'' and the German
6602 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b0 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bl_
\bf
6608 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt and you are replying to a message sent by you, Mutt-ng will assume
6609 that you want to reply to the recipients of that message rather than to your-
6612 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b1 _
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\bt_
\bo
6618 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, when replying to a message, Mutt-ng will use the address listed in the
6619 ``Reply-To:'' header field as the recipient of the reply. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, it will
6620 use the address in the ``From:'' header field instead.
6622 This option is useful for reading a mailing list that sets the ``Reply-To:''
6623 header field to the list address and you want to send a private message to the
6624 author of a message.
6626 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b2 _
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bo_
\bl_
\bv_
\be
6632 When set, the cursor will be automatically advanced to the next (possibly
6633 undeleted) message whenever a command that modifies the current message is exe-
6636 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b3 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
6642 This variable controls whether or not Mutt-ng will display the ``personal''
6643 name from your aliases in the index menu if it finds an alias that matches the
6644 message's sender. For example, if you have the following alias:
6646 alias juser abd30425@somewhere.net (Joe User)
6648 and then you receive mail which contains the following header:
6650 From: abd30425@somewhere.net
6652 It would be displayed in the index menu as ``Joe User'' instead of
6654 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 122
6656 ``abd30425@somewhere.net.'' This is useful when the person's e-mail address is
6657 not human friendly (like CompuServe addresses).
6659 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b4 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6665 It may sometimes arrive that you receive mail to a certain machine, move the
6666 messages to another machine, and reply to some the messages from there. If
6667 this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default From: line of the reply messages is built
6668 using the address where you received the messages you are replying to i
\bif
\bf that
6669 address matches your alternates. If the variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, or the address that
6670 would be used doesn't match your alternates, the From: line will use your
6671 address on the current machine.
6673 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b5 _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6679 This variable fine-tunes the behaviour of the _
\br_
\be_
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.234 ,
6680 page 121) feature. When it is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will use the address from incoming
6681 messages as-is, possibly including eventual real names. When it is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
6682 Mutt-ng will override any such real names with the setting of the _
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bl_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6683 (section 6.3.226 , page 119) variable.
6685 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b6 _
\br_
\bf_
\bc_
\b2_
\b0_
\b4_
\b7_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bm_
\be_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bs
6691 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will decode RFC-2047-encoded MIME parame-
6692 ters. You want to set this variable when Mutt-ng suggests you to save attach-
6693 ments to files named like this:
6695 =?iso-8859-1?Q?file=5F=E4=5F991116=2Ezip?=
6697 When this variable is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt interactively, the change doesn't have the desired
6698 effect before you have changed folders.
6700 Note that this use of RFC 2047's encoding is explicitly, prohibited by the
6701 standard, but nevertheless encountered in the wild.
6703 Also note that setting this parameter will _
\bn_
\bo_
\bt have the effect that Mutt-ng
6704 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs this kind of encoding. Instead, Mutt-ng will unconditionally use the
6705 encoding specified in RFC 2231.
6707 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b7 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bd_
\bd_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bs
6711 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 123
6715 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will take the sender's full address when choosing a default
6716 folder for saving a mail. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.239 , page 122)'' or
6717 ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt too, the selection of the
6718 fcc folder will be changed as well.
6720 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b8 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by
6726 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes which contain no saved messages will be removed when
6727 closed (the exception is ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be (section 6.3.293 , page 135)'' which is
6728 never removed). If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mailboxes are never removed.
6730 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: This only applies to mbox and MMDF folders, Mutt-ng does not delete MH
6731 and Maildir directories.
6733 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b3_
\b9 _
\bs_
\ba_
\bv_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
6739 This variable controls how copies of outgoing messages are saved. When set, a
6740 check is made to see if a mailbox specified by the recipient address exists
6741 (this is done by searching for a mailbox in the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\be_
\br (section 6.3.63 ,
6742 page 79)'' directory with the _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be part of the recipient address). If the
6743 mailbox exists, the outgoing message will be saved to that mailbox, otherwise
6744 the message is saved to the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\bd (section 6.3.228 , page 120)'' mailbox.
6746 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.67 , page 80)'' variable.
6748 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be
6754 When this variable is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, scoring is turned off. This can be useful to
6755 selectively disable scoring for certain folders when the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\b-
6756 _
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be (section 6.3.241 , page 123)'' variable and friends are used.
6758 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\be_
\bt_
\be
6764 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6765 this variable are automatically marked for deletion by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6766 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6768 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 124
6770 variable will never mark a message for deletion.
6772 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\ba_
\bg
6778 Messages which have been assigned a score greater than or equal to this vari-
6779 able's value are automatically marked ``flagged''.
6781 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bc_
\bo_
\br_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\bl_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd
6787 Messages which have been assigned a score equal to or lower than the value of
6788 this variable are automatically marked as read by Mutt-ng. Since Mutt-ng
6789 scores are always greater than or equal to zero, the default setting of this
6790 variable will never mark a message read.
6792 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b4 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6796 Default: 'us-ascii:iso-8859-1:utf-8'
6798 A list of character sets for outgoing messages. Mutt-ng will use the first
6799 character set into which the text can be converted exactly. If your ``_
\b$_
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt
6800 (section 6.3.24 , page 70)'' is not iso-8859-1 and recipients may not under-
6801 stand UTF-8, it is advisable to include in the list an appropriate widely used
6802 standard character set (such as iso-8859-2, koi8-r or iso-2022-jp) either
6803 instead of or after iso-8859-1.
6805 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b5 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl
6809 Default: '/usr/sbin/sendmail -oem -oi'
6811 Specifies the program and arguments used to deliver mail sent by Mutt-ng.
6812 Mutt-ng expects that the specified program interprets additional arguments as
6813 recipient addresses.
6815 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b6 _
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt
6821 Specifies the number of seconds to wait for the ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 ,
6822 page 124)'' process to finish before giving up and putting delivery in the
6825 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 125
6827 Mutt-ng interprets the value of this variable as follows:
6830 number of seconds to wait for sendmail to finish before continuing
6833 wait forever for sendmail to finish
6836 always put sendmail in the background without waiting
6838 Note that if you specify a value other than 0, the output of the child process
6839 will be put in a temporary file. If there is some error, you will be informed
6840 as to where to find the output.
6842 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl
6848 Command to use when spawning a subshell. By default, the user's login shell
6849 from /etc/passwd is used.
6851 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by
6857 When the sidebar is displayed and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by (section
6858 6.3.252 , page 125) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the characters at which to
6859 split a folder name into ``hierarchy items.''
6861 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b4_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bl_
\bi_
\bm
6867 This specifies the delimiter between the sidebar (if visible) and other
6870 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\be_
\bw_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by
6876 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, only folders with new mail will be shown in the sidebar.
6878 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
6882 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 126
6884 Default: '%c%?n?(%n)?%?f?[%f]?'
6886 This variable controls how message counts are printed when the sidebar is
6887 enabled. If this variable is _
\be_
\bm_
\bp_
\bt_
\by (_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd _
\bo_
\bn_
\bl_
\by _
\bi_
\bf), no numbers will be printed
6888 _
\ba_
\bn_
\bd mutt-ng won't frequently count mail (which may be a great speedup esp. with
6889 mbox-style mailboxes.)
6891 The following printf(3)-like sequences are supported:
6894 Total number of messages.
6897 Number of flagged messages.
6900 Number of new messages.
6902 The %f and %n expandos may optionally be printed non-zero.
6904 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bs_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\be_
\bn_
\b__
\bh_
\bi_
\be_
\br_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh_
\by
6910 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the ``hierarchy'' of the sidebar entries will be shortened only if
6911 they cannot be printed in full length (because ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh (section
6912 6.3.254 , page 126)'' is set to a too low value). For example, if the news-
6913 group name ``de.alt.sysadmin.recovery'' doesn't fit on the screen, it'll get
6914 shortened ``d.a.s.recovery'' while ``de.alt.d0'' still would and thus will not
6917 At which characters this compression is done is controled via the _
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\b-
6918 _
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bn_
\bd_
\ba_
\br_
\by (section 6.3.248 , page 125) variable.
6920 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bi_
\bb_
\bl_
\be
6926 This specifies whether or not to show the sidebar (a list of folders specified
6927 with the ``mailboxes'' command).
6929 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bd_
\be_
\bb_
\ba_
\br_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bd_
\bt_
\bh
6935 The width of the sidebar.
6937 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 127
6939 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bd_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bs
6945 If set, a line containing ``-- '' (dash, dash, space) will be inserted before
6946 your ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be (section 6.3.257 , page 127)''. It is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended
6947 that you not unset this variable unless your ``signature'' contains just your
6948 name. The reason for this is because many software packages use ``-- \n'' to
6949 detect your signature.
6951 For example, Mutt-ng has the ability to highlight the signature in a different
6952 color in the builtin pager.
6954 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
6960 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the signature will be included before any quoted or forwarded text. It
6961 is s
\bst
\btr
\bro
\bon
\bng
\bgl
\bly
\by recommended that you do not set this variable unless you really
6962 know what you are doing, and are prepared to take some heat from netiquette
6965 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\br_
\be
6969 Default: '~/.signature'
6971 Specifies the filename of your signature, which is appended to all outgoing
6972 messages. If the filename ends with a pipe (``|''), it is assumed that file-
6973 name is a shell command and input should be read from its stdout.
6975 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\bo_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
6981 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this string will be inserted before the signature. This is useful for
6982 people that want to sign off every message they send with their name.
6984 If you want to insert your website's URL, additional contact information or
6985 witty quotes into your mails, better use a signature file instead of the sig-
6988 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b5_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bl_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
6992 Default: '~f %s | ~s %s'
6994 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 128
6996 Specifies how Mutt-ng should expand a simple search into a real search pattern.
6997 A simple search is one that does not contain any of the ~ operators. See
6998 ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (section 4.2 , page 36)'' for more information on search patterns.
7000 For example, if you simply type ``joe'' at a search or limit prompt, Mutt-ng
7001 will automatically expand it to the value specified by this variable. For the
7002 default value it would be:
7006 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bl_
\be_
\be_
\bp_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7012 Specifies time, in seconds, to pause while displaying certain informational
7013 messages, while moving from folder to folder and after expunging messages from
7014 the current folder. The default is to pause one second, so a value of zero for
7015 this option suppresses the pause.
7017 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp
7023 Controls the display of lines longer than the screen width in the internal
7024 pager. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, long lines are wrapped at a word boundary. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, lines are
7025 simply wrapped at the screen edge. Also see the ``_
\b$_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bk_
\be_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.119 ,
7026 page 94)'' variable.
7028 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bl_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7030 Type: regular expression
7032 Default: '(>From )|(:[-^]?[][)(><}{|/DP])'
7034 The _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br uses this variable to catch some common false positives of
7035 ``_
\b$_
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.223 , page 119)'', most notably smileys in the
7038 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\ba_
\bs_
\bk_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bl_
\ba_
\bb_
\be_
\bl
7044 This flag controls whether you want to be asked to enter a label for a certifi-
7045 cate about to be added to the database or not. It is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt by default. (S/MIME
7048 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn
7050 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 129
7056 This variable contains the name of either a directory, or a file which contains
7057 trusted certificates for use with OpenSSL. (S/MIME only)
7059 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs
7065 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage
7066 and retrieval of keys by itself. This is very basic right now, and keys and
7067 certificates are stored in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7068 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7069 address keyid pairs, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7070 location of the certificates. (S/MIME only)
7072 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7078 This format string specifies a command which is used to decrypt application/x-
7079 pkcs7-mime attachments.
7081 The OpenSSL command formats have their own set of printf(3)-like sequences sim-
7085 Expands to the name of a file containing a message.
7088 Expands to the name of a file containing the signature part of a
7089 multipart/signed attachment when verifying it.
7092 The key-pair specified with _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by (section 6.3.268 ,
7096 One or more certificate IDs.
7099 The algorithm used for encryption.
7102 CA location: Depending on whether _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section
7103 6.3.264 , page 128) points to a directory or file, this expands to
7104 '-CApath _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.264 , page 128)' or
7105 '-CAfile _
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bl_
\bo_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn (section 6.3.264 , page 128)'.
7107 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 130
7109 For examples on how to configure these formats, see the smime.rc in the sam-
7110 ples/ subdirectory which has been installed on your system alongside the docu-
7111 mentation. (S/MIME only)
7113 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7119 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (default) this tells Mutt-ng to use the default key for decryption. Oth-
7120 erwise, if manage multiple certificate-key-pairs, Mutt-ng will try to use the
7121 mailbox-address to determine the key to use. It will ask you to supply a key,
7122 if it can't find one. (S/MIME only)
7124 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7130 This is the default key-pair to use for signing. This must be set to the keyid
7131 (the hash-value that OpenSSL generates) to work properly (S/MIME only)
7133 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b6_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7139 This command is used to create encrypted S/MIME messages. (S/MIME only)
7141 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\bw_
\bi_
\bt_
\bh
7147 This sets the algorithm that should be used for encryption. Valid choices are
7148 ``des'', ``des3'', ``rc2-40'', ``rc2-64'', ``\frc2-128''.
7150 If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt ``_
\b3_
\bd_
\be_
\bs'' (TripleDES) is used. (S/MIME only)
7152 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7158 This command is used to extract X509 certificates from a PKCS7 structure.
7161 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\be_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7163 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 131
7169 This command is used to extract the mail address(es) used for storing X509 cer-
7170 tificates, and for verification purposes (to check whether the certificate was
7171 issued for the sender's mailbox). (S/MIME only)
7173 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bg_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7179 This command is used to extract only the signers X509 certificate from a S/MIME
7180 signature, so that the certificate's owner may get compared to the email's
7181 ``From:'' header field. (S/MIME only)
7183 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7189 This command is used to import a certificate via smime_keysng. (S/MIME only)
7191 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bs_
\b__
\bd_
\be_
\bf_
\ba_
\bu_
\bl_
\bt
7197 The default behaviour of Mutt-ng is to use PGP on all auto-sign/encryption
7198 operations. To override and to use OpenSSL instead this must be _
\bs_
\be_
\bt.
7200 However, this has no effect while replying, since Mutt-ng will automatically
7201 select the same application that was used to sign/encrypt the original message.
7203 (Note that this variable can be overridden by unsetting _
\b$_
\bc_
\br_
\by_
\bp_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be (sec-
7204 tion 6.3.37 , page 73).) (S/MIME only)
7206 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by_
\bs
7212 Since there is no pubring/secring as with PGP, Mutt-ng has to handle storage ad
7213 retrieval of keys/certs by itself. This is very basic right now, and stores
7214 keys and certificates in two different directories, both named as the hash-
7215 value retrieved from OpenSSL. There is an index file which contains mailbox-
7216 address keyid pair, and which can be manually edited. This one points to the
7217 location of the private keys. (S/MIME only)
7219 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 132
7221 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bp_
\bk_
\b7_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7227 This command is used to extract PKCS7 structures of S/MIME signatures, in order
7228 to extract the public X509 certificate(s). (S/MIME only)
7230 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7236 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed,
7237 which can be read by all mail clients. (S/MIME only)
7239 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b7_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bi_
\bg_
\bn_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7245 This command is used to created S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7246 pkcs7-signature, which can only be handled by mail clients supporting the
7247 S/MIME extension. (S/MIME only)
7249 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7255 The number of seconds after which a cached passphrase will expire if not used.
7258 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7264 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type multipart/signed.
7267 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bv_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bf_
\by_
\b__
\bo_
\bp_
\ba_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bm_
\ba_
\bn_
\bd
7273 This command is used to verify S/MIME signatures of type application/x-
7274 pkcs7-mime. (S/MIME only)
7276 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 133
7278 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bw_
\bo_
\br_
\bd
7286 Defines the password to use with SMTP AUTH. If ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section
7287 6.3.284 , page 132)'' is set, but this variable is not, you will be prompted
7288 for a password when sending.
7290 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: Storing passwords in a configuration file presents a security risk since
7291 the superuser of your machine may read it regardless of the file's permissions.
7293 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bh_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be
7301 Defines the username to use with SMTP AUTH. Setting this variable will cause
7302 Mutt-ng to attempt to use SMTP AUTH when sending.
7304 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt
7312 Defines the SMTP host which will be used to deliver mail, as opposed to invok-
7313 ing the sendmail binary. Setting this variable overrides the value of ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\b-
7314 _
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 , page 124)'', and any associated variables.
7316 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bm_
\bt_
\bp_
\b__
\bp_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7324 Defines the port that the SMTP host is listening on for mail delivery. Must be
7325 specified as a number.
7327 Defaults to 25, the standard SMTP port, but RFC 2476-compliant SMTP servers
7328 will probably desire 587, the mail submission port.
7330 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt
7332 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 134
7338 Specifies how to sort messages in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. Valid values are:
7343 mailbox-order (unsorted)
7351 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7352 (example: set sort=reverse-date-sent).
7354 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
7360 Specifies how the entries in the ``alias'' menu are sorted. The following are
7363 address (sort alphabetically by email address)
7364 alias (sort alphabetically by alias name)
7365 unsorted (leave in order specified in .muttrc)
7367 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b8_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7373 When sorting by threads, this variable controls how threads are sorted in rela-
7374 tion to other threads, and how the branches of the thread trees are sorted.
7375 This can be set to any value that ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.287 , page 133)'' can,
7376 except threads (in that case, Mutt-ng will just use date-sent). You can also
7377 specify the ``last-'' prefix in addition to ``reverse-'' prefix, but last- must
7378 come after reverse-. The last- prefix causes messages to be sorted against its
7379 siblings by which has the last descendant, using the rest of sort_aux as an
7382 For instance, set sort_aux=last-date-received would mean that if a new message
7383 is received in a thread, that thread becomes the last one displayed (or the
7385 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 135
7387 first, if you have set sort=reverse-threads.)
7389 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For reversed ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.287 , page 133)'' order _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx
7390 (section 6.3.289 , page 134) is reversed again (which is not the right thing
7391 to do, but kept to not break any existing configuration setting).
7393 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
7399 Specifies how to sort entries in the file browser. By default, the entries are
7400 sorted alphabetically. Valid values:
7402 alpha (alphabetically)
7407 You may optionally use the ``reverse-'' prefix to specify reverse sorting order
7408 (example: set sort_browser=reverse-date).
7410 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be
7416 This variable is only useful when sorting by threads with ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7417 (section 6.3.304 , page 139)'' _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. In that case, it changes the heuristic
7418 Mutt-ng uses to thread messages by subject. With _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.291 ,
7419 page 135) _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will only attach a message as the child of another mes-
7420 sage by subject if the subject of the child message starts with a substring
7421 matching the setting of ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section 6.3.229 , page 120)''. With
7422 _
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\br_
\be (section 6.3.291 , page 135) _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will attach the message
7423 whether or not this is the case, as long as the non-``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\bp_
\bl_
\by_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx_
\bp (section
7424 6.3.229 , page 120)'' parts of both messages are identical.
7426 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
7432 ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.292 , page 135)'' controls what happens when
7433 multiple spam headers are matched: if _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive header will over-
7434 write any previous matches value for the spam label. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, each successive
7435 match will append to the previous, using ``_
\bs_
\bp_
\ba_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bp_
\ba_
\br_
\ba_
\bt_
\bo_
\br (section 6.3.292 ,
7436 page 135)'' as a separator.
7438 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 136
7440 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bp_
\bo_
\bo_
\bl_
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7446 If your spool mailbox is in a non-default place where Mutt-ng cannot find it,
7447 you can specify its location with this variable. Mutt-ng will automatically
7448 set this variable to the value of the environment variable $MAIL if it is not
7451 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\ba_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt_
\bi_
\bf_
\bi_
\bc_
\ba_
\bt_
\be_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bi_
\bl_
\be
7457 This variable specifies a file containing trusted CA certificates. Any server
7458 certificate that is signed with one of these CA certificates are also automati-
7461 Example: set ssl_ca_certificates_file=/etc/ssl/certs/ca-certificates.crt
7463 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bc_
\bl_
\bi_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bc_
\be_
\br_
\bt
7471 The file containing a client certificate and its associated private key.
7473 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bn_
\b__
\bd_
\bh_
\b__
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bs
7479 Availability: GNUTLS
7481 This variable specifies the minimum acceptable prime size (in bits) for use in
7482 any Diffie-Hellman key exchange. A value of 0 will use the default from the
7485 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\br_
\bt_
\bt_
\bl_
\bs
7491 Availability: SSL or GNUTLS
7493 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt (the default), Mutt-ng will attempt to use STARTTLS on servers
7495 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 137
7497 advertising the capability. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will not attempt to use START-
7498 TLS regardless of the server's capabilities.
7500 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\bv_
\b3
7506 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7508 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use SSLv3 in the SSL authentica-
7511 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b2_
\b9_
\b9 _
\bs_
\bs_
\bl_
\b__
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bt_
\bl_
\bs_
\bv_
\b1
7517 Availability: SSL or NSS or GNUTLS
7519 This variables specifies whether to attempt to use TLSv1 in the SSL authentica-
7522 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b0 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7528 Controls the characters used by the ``%r'' indicator in ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (sec-
7529 tion 6.3.301 , page 137)''. The first character is used when the mailbox is
7530 unchanged. The second is used when the mailbox has been changed, and it needs
7531 to be resynchronized. The third is used if the mailbox is in read-only mode, or
7532 if the mailbox will not be written when exiting that mailbox (You can toggle
7533 whether to write changes to a mailbox with the toggle-write operation, bound by
7534 default to ``%''). The fourth is used to indicate that the current folder has
7535 been opened in attach-message mode (Certain operations like composing a new
7536 mail, replying, forwarding, etc. are not permitted in this mode).
7538 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b1 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt
7542 Default: '-%r-Mutt-ng: %f [Msgs:%?M?%M/?%m%?n? New:%n?%?o? Old:%o?%?d?
7543 Del:%d?%?F? Flag:%F?%?t? Tag:%t?%?p? Post:%p?%?b? Inc:%b?%?l?
7544 %l?]---(%s/%S)-%>-(%P)---'
7546 Controls the format of the status line displayed in the _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx menu. This
7547 string is similar to ``_
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.108 , page 89)'', but has
7548 its own set of printf(3)-like sequences:
7550 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 138
7553 number of mailboxes with new mail *
7556 the short pathname of the current mailbox
7559 number of deleted messages *
7562 the full pathname of the current mailbox
7565 number of flagged messages *
7571 size (in bytes) of the current mailbox *
7574 size (in bytes) of the messages shown (i.e., which match the cur-
7578 the number of messages in the mailbox *
7581 the number of messages shown (i.e., which match the current limit)
7585 number of new messages in the mailbox *
7588 number of old unread messages *
7591 number of postponed messages *
7594 percentage of the way through the index
7597 modified/read-only/won't-write/attach-message indicator, according
7598 to _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs (section 6.3.300 , page 137)
7601 current sorting mode (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.287 , page 133))
7604 current aux sorting method (_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt_
\b__
\ba_
\bu_
\bx (section 6.3.289 , page
7607 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 139
7610 number of tagged messages *
7613 number of unread messages *
7616 Mutt-ng version string
7619 currently active limit pattern, if any *
7622 right justify the rest of the string and pad with 'X'
7625 pad to the end of the line with 'X'
7627 * = can be optionally printed if nonzero
7629 Some of the above sequences can be used to optionally print a string if their
7630 value is nonzero. For example, you may only want to see the number of flagged
7631 messages if such messages exist, since zero is not particularly meaningful. To
7632 optionally print a string based upon one of the above sequences, the following
7635 %?<sequence_char>?<optional_string>?
7637 where _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is a character from the table above, and _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg is
7638 the string you would like printed if _
\bs_
\be_
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\bn_
\bc_
\be_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br is nonzero. _
\bo_
\bp_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\ba_
\bl_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg
7639 m
\bma
\bay
\by contain other sequences as well as normal text, but you may n
\bno
\bot
\bt nest
7642 Here is an example illustrating how to optionally print the number of new mes-
7645 %?n?%n new messages.?
7647 Additionally you can switch between two strings, the first one, if a value is
7648 zero, the second one, if the value is nonzero, by using the following con-
7651 %?<sequence_char>?<if_string>&<else_string>?
7653 You can additionally force the result of any printf(3)-like sequence to be low-
7654 ercase by prefixing the sequence character with an underscore (_) sign. For
7655 example, if you want to display the local hostname in lowercase, you would use:
7659 If you prefix the sequence character with a colon (:) character, Mutt-ng will
7660 replace any dots in the expansion by underscores. This might be helpful with
7661 IMAP folders that don't like dots in folder names.
7663 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 140
7665 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b2 _
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bo_
\bn_
\b__
\bt_
\bo_
\bp
7671 Setting this variable causes the ``status bar'' to be displayed on the first
7672 line of the screen rather than near the bottom.
7674 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b3 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7680 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, non MIME-compliant messages that doesn't have any charset indica-
7681 tion in the ``Content-Type:'' header field can be displayed (non MIME-compliant
7682 messages are often generated by old mailers or buggy mailers like MS Outlook
7683 Express). See also _
\b$_
\ba_
\bs_
\bs_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bd_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs_
\be_
\bt (section 6.3.11 , page 67).
7685 This option also replaces linear-white-space between encoded-word and *text to
7686 a single space to prevent the display of MIME-encoded ``Subject:'' header field
7687 from being devided into multiple lines.
7689 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b4 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bc_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\bs
7695 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, threading will only make use of the ``In-Reply-To:'' and ``Refer-
7696 ences:'' header fields when you ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bo_
\br_
\bt (section 6.3.287 , page 133)'' by mes-
7697 sage threads. By default, messages with the same subject are grouped together
7698 in ``pseudo threads.'' This may not always be desirable, such as in a personal
7699 mailbox where you might have several unrelated messages with the subject ``hi''
7700 which will get grouped together.
7702 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b5 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs
7708 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng will remove the trailing part of the ``Subject:'' line which
7709 matches _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx (section 6.3.306 , page 140) when replying. This is
7710 useful to properly react on subject changes and reduce ``subject noise.'' (esp.
7713 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b6 _
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bg_
\be_
\bx
7715 Type: regular expression
7717 Default: '\([Ww][Aa][RrSs]: .*\)[ ]*$'
7719 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 141
7721 When non-empty and _
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bp_
\b__
\bw_
\ba_
\bs (section 6.3.305 , page 140) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, mutt-ng
7722 will remove this trailing part of the ``Subject'' line when replying if it
7723 won't be empty afterwards.
7725 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b7 _
\bs_
\bt_
\bu_
\bf_
\bf_
\b__
\bq_
\bu_
\bo_
\bt_
\be_
\bd
7731 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, attachments with flowed format will have their quoting ``stuffed'',
7732 i.e. a space will be inserted between the quote characters and the actual text.
7734 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b8 _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp_
\be_
\bn_
\bd
7740 When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng won't stop when the user presses the terminal's _
\bs_
\bu_
\bs_
\bp key,
7741 usually CTRL+Z. This is useful if you run Mutt-ng inside an xterm using a com-
7742 mand like ``xterm -e muttng.''
7744 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b0_
\b9 _
\bt_
\be_
\bx_
\bt_
\b__
\bf_
\bl_
\bo_
\bw_
\be_
\bd
7750 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate text/plain; format=flowed attachments. This
7751 format is easier to handle for some mailing software, and generally just looks
7752 like ordinary text. To actually make use of this format's features, you'll
7753 need support in your editor.
7755 Note that _
\b$_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\b__
\bs_
\bt_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bg (section 6.3.107 , page 89) is ignored when this
7758 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b0 _
\bt_
\bh_
\bo_
\br_
\bo_
\bu_
\bg_
\bh_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7764 Affects the ~b and ~h search operations described in section ``_
\bp_
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bn_
\bs (sec-
7765 tion 4.2 , page 36)'' above. If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the headers and attachments of messages
7766 to be searched are decoded before searching. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, messages are searched
7767 as they appear in the folder.
7769 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b1 _
\bt_
\bh_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\br_
\be_
\bc_
\be_
\bi_
\bv_
\be_
\bd
7775 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 142
7777 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng uses the date received rather than the date sent to thread
7778 messages by subject.
7780 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b2 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bl_
\bd_
\be
7786 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the internal-pager will pad blank lines to the bottom of the screen
7789 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b3 _
\bt_
\bi_
\bm_
\be_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt
7795 This variable controls the _
\bn_
\bu_
\bm_
\bb_
\be_
\br _
\bo_
\bf _
\bs_
\be_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn_
\bd_
\bs Mutt-ng will wait for a key to be
7796 pressed in the main menu before timing out and checking for new mail. A value
7797 of zero or less will cause Mutt-ng to never time out.
7799 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b4 _
\bt_
\bm_
\bp_
\bd_
\bi_
\br
7805 This variable allows you to specify where Mutt-ng will place its temporary
7806 files needed for displaying and composing messages. If this variable is not
7807 set, the environment variable $TMPDIR is used. If $TMPDIR is not set then
7810 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b5 _
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bc_
\bh_
\ba_
\br_
\bs
7816 Controls the character used to indicate mail addressed to you. The first char-
7817 acter is the one used when the mail is NOT addressed to your address (default:
7818 space). The second is used when you are the only recipient of the message
7819 (default: +). The third is when your address appears in the ``To:'' header
7820 field, but you are not the only recipient of the message (default: T). The
7821 fourth character is used when your address is specified in the ``Cc:'' header
7822 field, but you are not the only recipient. The fifth character is used to
7823 indicate mail that was sent by _
\by_
\bo_
\bu. The sixth character is used to indicate
7824 when a mail was sent to a mailing-list you're subscribe to (default: L).
7826 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b6 _
\bt_
\br_
\ba_
\bs_
\bh
7832 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 143
7834 If _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, this variable specifies the path of the trash folder where the mails
7835 marked for deletion will be moved, instead of being irremediably purged.
7837 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be: When you delete a message in the trash folder, it is really deleted, so
7838 that there is no way to recover mail.
7840 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b7 _
\bt_
\bu_
\bn_
\bn_
\be_
\bl
7846 Setting this variable will cause Mutt-ng to open a pipe to a command instead of
7847 a raw socket. You may be able to use this to set up preauthenticated connec-
7848 tions to your IMAP/POP3 server. Example:
7850 tunnel='ssh -q mailhost.net /usr/local/libexec/imapd'
7852 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: For this example to work you must be able to log in to the remote machine
7853 without having to enter a password.
7855 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b8 _
\bu_
\bm_
\ba_
\bs_
\bk
7861 This sets the umask that will be used by Mutt-ng when creating all kinds of
7862 files. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, the default value is 077.
7864 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b1_
\b9 _
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bo_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bp_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bj_
\bu_
\bm_
\bp
7870 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will jump to the next unread message, if any, when the cur-
7871 rent thread is _
\bu_
\bncollapsed.
7873 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b0 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\b8_
\bb_
\bi_
\bt_
\bm_
\bi_
\bm_
\be
7879 W
\bWa
\bar
\brn
\bni
\bin
\bng
\bg:
\b: do not set this variable unless you are using a version of sendmail
7880 which supports the -B8BITMIME flag (such as sendmail 8.8.x) or you may not be
7883 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will invoke ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\be_
\bn_
\bd_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bl (section 6.3.245 , page 124)'' with
7884 the -B8BITMIME flag when sending 8-bit messages to enable ESMTP negotiation.
7886 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b1 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bd_
\bo_
\bm_
\ba_
\bi_
\bn
7888 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 144
7894 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will qualify all local addresses (ones without the @host por-
7895 tion) with the value of ``_
\b$_
\bh_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bn_
\ba_
\bm_
\be (section 6.3.88 , page 85)''. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7896 no addresses will be qualified.
7898 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b2 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bf_
\br_
\bo_
\bm
7904 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will generate the ``From:'' header field when sending mes-
7905 sages. If _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, no ``From:'' header field will be generated unless the user
7906 explicitly sets one using the ``_
\bm_
\by_
\b__
\bh_
\bd_
\br (section 3.13 , page 25)'' command.
7908 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b3 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bd_
\bn
7916 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will show you international domain names decoded.
7918 N
\bNo
\bot
\bte
\be:
\b: You can use IDNs for addresses even if this is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This variable only
7921 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b4 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bp_
\bv_
\b6
7927 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will look for IPv6 addresses of hosts it tries to contact.
7928 If this option is _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will restrict itself to IPv4 addresses. Nor-
7929 mally, the default should work.
7931 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b5 _
\bu_
\bs_
\be_
\br_
\b__
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
7937 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will add a ``User-Agent:'' header to outgoing messages, indi-
7938 cating which version of Mutt-ng was used for composing them.
7940 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b6 _
\bv_
\bi_
\bs_
\bu_
\ba_
\bl
7944 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 145
7948 Specifies the visual editor to invoke when the _
\b~_
\bv command is given in the
7951 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b7 _
\bw_
\ba_
\bi_
\bt_
\b__
\bk_
\be_
\by
7957 Controls whether Mutt-ng will ask you to press a key after _
\bs_
\bh_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\b- _
\be_
\bs_
\bc_
\ba_
\bp_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-
7958 _
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, _
\bp_
\bi_
\bp_
\be_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by, _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\bm_
\be_
\bs_
\bs_
\ba_
\bg_
\be, and _
\bp_
\br_
\bi_
\bn_
\bt_
\b-_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\br_
\by commands.
7960 It is also used when viewing attachments with ``_
\ba_
\bu_
\bt_
\bo_
\b__
\bv_
\bi_
\be_
\bw (section 5.4 , page
7961 60)'', provided that the corresponding mailcap entry has a needsterminal flag,
7962 and the external program is interactive.
7964 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will always ask for a key. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will wait for
7965 a key only if the external command returned a non-zero status.
7967 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b8 _
\bw_
\be_
\be_
\bd
7973 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, Mutt-ng will weed headers when displaying, forwarding, printing, or
7974 replying to messages.
7976 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b2_
\b9 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\ba_
\br_
\bc_
\bh
7982 Controls whether searches wrap around the end of the mailbox.
7984 When _
\bs_
\be_
\bt, searches will wrap around the first (or last) message. When _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt,
7985 searches will not wrap.
7987 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b0 _
\bw_
\br_
\ba_
\bp_
\bm_
\ba_
\br_
\bg_
\bi_
\bn
7993 Controls the size of the margin remaining at the right side of the terminal
7994 when Mutt-ng's pager does smart wrapping.
7996 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b1 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bb_
\bc_
\bc
8000 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 146
8004 Controls whether Mutt-ng writes out the Bcc header when preparing messages to
8005 be sent. Exim users may wish to _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt this.
8007 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b2 _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc
8013 When writing a mailbox, a message will be printed every _
\bw_
\br_
\bi_
\bt_
\be_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc messages to
8014 indicate progress. If set to 0, only a single message will be displayed before
8017 Also see the ``_
\b$_
\br_
\be_
\ba_
\bd_
\b__
\bi_
\bn_
\bc (section 6.3.224 , page 119)'' variable.
8019 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b3 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bi_
\bc_
\bo_
\bn
8023 Default: 'M%?n?AIL&ail?'
8025 Controls the format of the X11 icon title, as long as _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (sec-
8026 tion 6.3.334 , page 146) is _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is identical in formatting to the
8027 one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.301 , page 137)''.
8029 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b4 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs
8035 Controls whether Mutt-ng sets the xterm title bar and icon name (as long as
8036 you're in an appropriate terminal). The default must be _
\bu_
\bn_
\bs_
\be_
\bt to force in the
8039 _
\b6_
\b._
\b3_
\b._
\b3_
\b3_
\b5 _
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be
8043 Default: 'Mutt-ng with %?m?%m messages&no messages?%?n? [%n New]?'
8045 Controls the format of the title bar of the xterm provided that
8046 _
\b$_
\bx_
\bt_
\be_
\br_
\bm_
\b__
\bs_
\be_
\bt_
\b__
\bt_
\bi_
\bt_
\bl_
\be_
\bs (section 6.3.334 , page 146) has been _
\bs_
\be_
\bt. This string is
8047 identical in formatting to the one used by ``_
\b$_
\bs_
\bt_
\ba_
\bt_
\bu_
\bs_
\b__
\bf_
\bo_
\br_
\bm_
\ba_
\bt (section 6.3.301 ,
8050 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4 _
\bF_
\bu_
\bn_
\bc_
\bt_
\bi_
\bo_
\bn_
\bs
8052 The following is the list of available functions listed by the mapping in which
8053 they are available. The default key setting is given, and an explanation of
8054 what the function does. The key bindings of these functions can be changed
8055 with the _
\bb_
\bi_
\bn_
\bd (section 3.3 , page 17) command.
8057 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 147
8059 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1 _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc
8061 The _
\bg_
\be_
\bn_
\be_
\br_
\bi_
\bc menu is not a real menu, but specifies common functions (such as
8062 movement) available in all menus except for _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br and _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br. Changing set-
8063 tings for this menu will affect the default bindings for all menus (except as
8066 bottom-page L move to the bottom of the page
8067 current-bottom not bound move current entry to bottom of page
8068 current-middle not bound move current entry to middle of page
8069 current-top not bound move current entry to top of page
8070 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8071 exit q exit this menu
8072 first-entry = move to the first entry
8073 half-down ] scroll down 1/2 page
8074 half-up [ scroll up 1/2 page
8076 jump number jump to an index number
8077 last-entry * move to the last entry
8078 middle-page M move to the middle of the page
8079 next-entry j move to the next entry
8080 next-line > scroll down one line
8081 next-page z move to the next page
8082 previous-entry k move to the previous entry
8083 previous-line < scroll up one line
8084 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8085 refresh ^L clear and redraw the screen
8086 search / search for a regular expression
8087 search-next n search for next match
8088 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8089 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8090 select-entry RET select the current entry
8091 shell-escape ! run a program in a subshell
8092 tag-entry t toggle the tag on the current entry
8093 tag-prefix ; apply next command to tagged entries
8094 tag-prefix-cond not bound apply next function ONLY to tagged messages
8095 top-page H move to the top of the page
8096 what-key not bound display the keycode for a key press
8098 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b2 _
\bi_
\bn_
\bd_
\be_
\bx
8100 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 148
8102 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8103 change-folder c open a different folder
8104 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8105 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8106 clear-flag W clear a status flag from a message
8107 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8108 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8109 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8110 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8111 delete-message d delete the current entry
8112 delete-pattern D delete messages matching a pattern
8113 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8114 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8115 display-address @ display full address of sender
8116 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8117 display-message RET display a message
8118 edit e edit the current message
8119 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8120 exit x exit without saving changes
8121 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8122 fetch-mail G retrieve mail from POP server
8123 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8124 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8125 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8126 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8127 limit l show only messages matching a pattern
8128 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8129 mail m compose a new mail message
8130 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8131 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8132 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8133 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8134 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8135 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8136 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8137 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8138 previous-new ESC TAB jump to the previous new message
8139 previous-page Z move to the previous page
8140 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8141 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8142 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8143 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8144 print-message p print the current entry
8145 query Q query external program for addresses
8146 quit q save changes to mailbox and quit
8147 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8148 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8149 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8150 reply r reply to a message
8151 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8152 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8153 set-flag w set a status flag on a message
8154 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8155 show-limit ESC l show currently active limit pattern, if any
8157 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 149
8159 sort-mailbox o sort messages
8160 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8161 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8162 tag-pattern T tag messages matching a pattern
8163 tag-thread ESC t tag/untag all messages in the current thread
8164 toggle-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8165 toggle-write % toggle whether the mailbox will be rewritten
8166 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8167 undelete-pattern U undelete messages matching a pattern
8168 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8169 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8170 untag-pattern ^T untag messages matching a pattern
8171 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8173 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b3 _
\bp_
\ba_
\bg_
\be_
\br
8175 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 150
8177 bottom not bound jump to the bottom of the message
8178 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8179 change-folder c open a different folder
8180 change-folder-readonly ESC c open a different folder in read only mode
8181 check-traditional-pgp ESC P check for classic pgp
8182 copy-message C copy a message to a file/mailbox
8183 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8184 decode-copy ESC C decode a message and copy it to a file/mailbox
8185 decode-save ESC s decode a message and save it to a file/mailbox
8186 delete-message d delete the current entry
8187 delete-subthread ESC d delete all messages in subthread
8188 delete-thread ^D delete all messages in thread
8189 display-address @ display full address of sender
8190 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8191 edit e edit the current message
8192 edit-type ^E edit the current message's Content-Type
8193 enter-command : enter a muttngrc command
8194 exit i return to the main-menu
8195 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8196 flag-message F toggle a message's 'important' flag
8197 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8198 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8199 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8200 half-up not bound move up one-half page
8201 half-down not bound move down one-half page
8203 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8204 mail m compose a new mail message
8205 mail-key ESC k mail a PGP public key
8206 mark-as-new N toggle a message's 'new' flag
8207 next-line RET scroll down one line
8208 next-entry J move to the next entry
8209 next-new TAB jump to the next new message
8210 next-page move to the next page
8211 next-subthread ESC n jump to the next subthread
8212 next-thread ^N jump to the next thread
8213 next-undeleted j move to the next undeleted message
8214 next-unread not bound jump to the next unread message
8215 parent-message P jump to parent message in thread
8216 pipe-message | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8217 previous-line BackSpace scroll up one line
8218 previous-entry K move to the previous entry
8219 previous-new not bound jump to the previous new message
8220 previous-page - move to the previous page
8221 previous-subthread ESC p jump to previous subthread
8222 previous-thread ^P jump to previous thread
8223 previous-undeleted k move to the last undelete message
8224 previous-unread not bound jump to the previous unread message
8225 print-message p print the current entry
8226 quit Q save changes to mailbox and quit
8227 read-subthread ESC r mark the current subthread as read
8228 read-thread ^R mark the current thread as read
8229 recall-message R recall a postponed message
8230 redraw-screen ^L clear and redraw the screen
8232 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 151
8234 reply r reply to a message
8235 save-message s save message/attachment to a file
8236 search / search for a regular expression
8237 search-next n search for next match
8238 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8239 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8240 search-toggle \ toggle search pattern coloring
8241 shell-escape ! invoke a command in a subshell
8242 show-version V show the Mutt-ng version number and date
8243 skip-quoted S skip beyond quoted text
8244 sync-mailbox $ save changes to mailbox
8245 tag-message t tag a message
8246 toggle-quoted T toggle display of quoted text
8247 top ^ jump to the top of the message
8248 undelete-message u undelete the current entry
8249 undelete-subthread ESC u undelete all messages in subthread
8250 undelete-thread ^U undelete all messages in thread
8251 view-attachments v show MIME attachments
8253 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b4 _
\ba_
\bl_
\bi_
\ba_
\bs
8255 search / search for a regular expression
8256 search-next n search for next match
8257 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8259 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b5 _
\bq_
\bu_
\be_
\br_
\by
8261 create-alias a create an alias from a message sender
8262 mail m compose a new mail message
8263 query Q query external program for addresses
8264 query-append A append new query results to current results
8265 search / search for a regular expression
8266 search-next n search for next match
8267 search-opposite not bound search for next match in opposite direction
8268 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8270 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b6 _
\ba_
\bt_
\bt_
\ba_
\bc_
\bh
8272 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 152
8274 bounce-message b remail a message to another user
8275 collapse-parts v toggle display of subparts
8276 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8277 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8278 edit-type ^E edit the current entry's Content-Type
8279 extract-keys ^K extract PGP public keys
8280 forward-message f forward a message with comments
8281 group-reply g reply to all recipients
8282 list-reply L reply to specified mailing list
8283 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8284 print-entry p print the current entry
8285 reply r reply to a message
8286 resend-message ESC e resend message and preserve MIME structure
8287 save-entry s save message/attachment to a file
8288 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8289 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8290 view-mailcap m force viewing of attachment using mailcap
8291 view-text T view attachment as text
8293 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b7 _
\bc_
\bo_
\bm_
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\be
8295 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 153
8297 attach-file a attach a file(s) to this message
8298 attach-message A attach message(s) to this message
8299 attach-key ESC k attach a PGP public key
8300 copy-file C save message/attachment to a file
8301 detach-file D delete the current entry
8302 display-toggle-weed h display message and toggle header weeding
8303 edit-bcc b edit the BCC list
8304 edit-cc c edit the CC list
8305 edit-description d edit attachment description
8306 edit-encoding ^E edit attachment transfer-encoding
8307 edit-fcc f enter a file to save a copy of this message in
8308 edit-from ESC f edit the from: field
8309 edit-file ^X e edit the file to be attached
8310 edit-headers E edit the message with headers
8311 edit e edit the message
8312 edit-mime m edit attachment using mailcap entry
8313 edit-reply-to r edit the Reply-To field
8314 edit-subject s edit the subject of this message
8315 edit-to t edit the TO list
8316 edit-type ^T edit attachment type
8317 filter-entry F filter attachment through a shell command
8318 forget-passphrase ^F wipe PGP passphrase from memory
8319 ispell i run ispell on the message
8320 new-mime n compose new attachment using mailcap entry
8321 pgp-menu p show PGP options
8322 pipe-entry | pipe message/attachment to a shell command
8323 postpone-message P save this message to send later
8324 print-entry l print the current entry
8325 rename-file R rename/move an attached file
8326 send-message y send the message
8327 toggle-unlink u toggle whether to delete file after sending it
8328 view-attach RET view attachment using mailcap entry if necessary
8329 write-fcc w write the message to a folder
8331 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b8 _
\bp_
\bo_
\bs_
\bt_
\bp_
\bo_
\bn_
\be
8333 delete-entry d delete the current entry
8334 undelete-entry u undelete the current entry
8336 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b9 _
\bb_
\br_
\bo_
\bw_
\bs_
\be_
\br
8338 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 154
8340 change-dir c change directories
8341 check-new TAB check mailboxes for new mail
8342 enter-mask m enter a file mask
8343 search / search for a regular expression
8344 search-next n search for next match
8345 search-reverse ESC / search backwards for a regular expression
8346 select-new N select a new file in this directory
8347 sort o sort messages
8348 sort-reverse O sort messages in reverse order
8349 toggle-mailboxes TAB toggle whether to browse mailboxes or all files
8350 view-file SPACE view file
8351 subscribe s subscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8352 unsubscribe u unsubscribe to current mailbox (IMAP Only)
8353 toggle-subscribed T toggle view all/subscribed mailboxes (IMAP Only)
8355 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b0 _
\bp_
\bg_
\bp
8357 view-name % view the key's user id
8358 verify-key c verify a PGP public key
8360 _
\b6_
\b._
\b4_
\b._
\b1_
\b1 _
\be_
\bd_
\bi_
\bt_
\bo_
\br
8362 backspace BackSpace delete the char in front of the cursor
8363 backward-char ^B move the cursor one character to the left
8364 backward-word ESC b move the cursor to the previous word
8365 bol ^A jump to the beginning of the line
8366 buffy-cycle Space cycle among incoming mailboxes
8367 capitalize-word ESC c uppercase the first character in the word
8368 complete TAB complete filename or alias
8369 complete-query ^T complete address with query
8370 delete-char ^D delete the char under the cursor
8371 downcase-word ESC l lowercase all characters in current word
8372 eol ^E jump to the end of the line
8373 forward-char ^F move the cursor one character to the right
8374 forward-word ESC f move the cursor to the next word
8375 history-down not bound scroll down through the history list
8376 history-up not bound scroll up through the history list
8377 kill-eol ^K delete chars from cursor to end of line
8378 kill-eow ESC d delete chars from cursor to end of word
8379 kill-line ^U delete all chars on the line
8380 kill-word ^W delete the word in front of the cursor
8381 quote-char ^V quote the next typed key
8382 transpose-chars not bound transpose character under cursor with previous
8383 upcase-word ESC u uppercase all characters in current word
8385 _
\b7_
\b. _
\bM_
\bi_
\bs_
\bc_
\be_
\bl_
\bl_
\ba_
\bn_
\by
8387 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 155
8389 _
\b7_
\b._
\b1 _
\bA_
\bc_
\bk_
\bn_
\bo_
\bw_
\bl_
\be_
\bd_
\bg_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt_
\bs
8391 Kari Hurtta <kari.hurtta@fmi.fi> co-developed the original MIME parsing code
8392 back in the ELM-ME days.
8394 The following people have been very helpful to the development of Mutt-ng:
8396 Vikas Agnihotri <vikasa@writeme.com>,
8398 Francois Berjon <Francois.Berjon@aar.alcatel-alsthom.fr>,
8400 Aric Blumer <aric@fore.com>,
8402 John Capo <jc@irbs.com>,
8404 David Champion <dgc@uchicago.edu,
8406 Brendan Cully <brendan@kublai.com>,
8408 Liviu Daia <daia@stoilow.imar.ro>,
8410 Thomas E. Dickey <dickey@herndon4.his.com>,
8412 David DeSimone <fox@convex.hp.com>,
8414 Nickolay N. Dudorov <nnd@wint.itfs.nsk.su>,
8416 Ruslan Ermilov <ru@freebsd.org>,
8418 Edmund Grimley Evans <edmundo@rano.org,
8420 Michael Finken <finken@conware.de>,
8422 Sven Guckes <guckes@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8424 Lars Hecking <lhecking@nmrc.ie>,
8426 Mark Holloman <holloman@nando.net>,
8428 Andreas Holzmann <holzmann@fmi.uni-passau.de>,
8430 Marco d'Itri <md@linux.it>,
8432 Bjrn Jacke <bjacke@suse.com>,
8434 Byrial Jensen <byrial@image.dk>,
8436 David Jeske <jeske@igcom.net>,
8438 Christophe Kalt <kalt@hugo.int-evry.fr>,
8440 Tommi Komulainen <Tommi.Komulainen@iki.fi>,
8442 Felix von Leitner (a.k.a ``Fefe'') <leitner@math.fu-berlin.de>,
8444 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 156
8446 Brandon Long <blong@fiction.net>,
8448 Jimmy Mkel <jmy@flashback.net>,
8450 Lars Marowsky-Bree <lmb@pointer.in-minden.de>,
8452 Thomas ``Mike'' Michlmayr <mike@cosy.sbg.ac.at>,
8454 Andrew W. Nosenko <awn@bcs.zp.ua>,
8456 David O'Brien <obrien@Nuxi.cs.ucdavis.edu>,
8458 Clint Olsen <olsenc@ichips.intel.com>,
8460 Park Myeong Seok <pms@romance.kaist.ac.kr>,
8462 Thomas Parmelan <tom@ankh.fr.eu.org>,
8464 Ollivier Robert <roberto@keltia.freenix.fr>,
8466 Thomas Roessler <roessler@does-not-exist.org>,
8468 Roland Rosenfeld <roland@spinnaker.de>,
8470 TAKIZAWA Takashi <taki@luna.email.ne.jp>,
8472 Allain Thivillon <Allain.Thivillon@alma.fr>,
8474 Gero Treuner <gero@faveve.uni-stuttgart.de>,
8476 Vsevolod Volkov <vvv@lucky.net>,
8478 Ken Weinert <kenw@ihs.com> Andreas Krennmair <ak@synflood.at> Nico Golde
8479 <nico@ngolde.de> Rocco Rutte <pdmef@cs.tu-berlin.de>
8481 _
\b7_
\b._
\b2 _
\bA_
\bb_
\bo_
\bu_
\bt _
\bt_
\bh_
\bi_
\bs _
\bd_
\bo_
\bc_
\bu_
\bm_
\be_
\bn_
\bt
8483 This document was written in SGML, and then rendered using the sgml-tools pack-
8486 The Mutt-ng E-Mail Client 157
8490 1. Introduction ............................................................ 1
8491 1.1 Mutt-ng Home Page ................................................. 1
8492 1.2 Mailing Lists ..................................................... 1
8493 1.3 Software Distribution Sites ....................................... 1
8494 1.4 IRC ............................................................... 2
8495 1.5 Weblog ............................................................ 2
8496 1.6 Copyright ......................................................... 2
8498 2. Getting Started ......................................................... 2
8499 2.1 Moving Around in Menus ............................................ 2
8500 2.2 Editing Input Fields .............................................. 3
8501 2.3 Reading Mail - The Index and Pager ................................ 3
8502 2.4 Sending Mail ...................................................... 9
8503 2.5 Forwarding and Bouncing Mail ..................................... 13
8504 2.6 Postponing Mail .................................................. 14
8505 2.7 Reading news via NNTP ............................................ 14
8507 3. Configuration .......................................................... 14
8508 3.1 Syntax of Initialization Files ................................... 15
8509 3.2 Defining/Using aliases ........................................... 16
8510 3.3 Changing the default key bindings ................................ 17
8511 3.4 Defining aliases for character sets ............................. 19
8512 3.5 Setting variables based upon mailbox ............................. 19
8513 3.6 Keyboard macros .................................................. 20
8514 3.7 Using color and mono video attributes ............................ 21
8515 3.8 Ignoring (weeding) unwanted message headers ...................... 23
8516 3.9 Alternative addresses ............................................ 23
8517 3.10 Mailing lists .................................................... 24
8518 3.11 Using Multiple spool mailboxes ................................... 25
8519 3.12 Defining mailboxes which receive mail ............................ 25
8520 3.13 User defined headers ............................................. 26
8521 3.14 Defining the order of headers when viewing messages .............. 26
8522 3.15 Specify default save filename .................................... 26
8523 3.16 Specify default Fcc: mailbox when composing ...................... 27
8524 3.17 Specify default save filename and default Fcc: mailbox at once ... 27
8525 3.18 Change settings based upon message recipients .................... 27
8526 3.19 Change settings before formatting a message ...................... 28
8527 3.20 Choosing the cryptographic key of the recipient .................. 29
8528 3.21 Adding key sequences to the keyboard buffer ...................... 29
8529 3.22 Executing functions .............................................. 29
8530 3.23 Message Scoring .................................................. 29
8531 3.24 Spam detection ................................................... 29
8532 3.25 Setting variables ................................................ 31
8533 3.26 Reading initialization commands from another file ................ 32
8534 3.27 Configuring features conditionally ............................... 32
8535 3.28 Removing hooks ................................................... 33
8537 4. Advanced Usage ......................................................... 33
8538 4.1 Regular Expressions .............................................. 33
8542 4.2 Patterns ......................................................... 37
8543 4.3 Using Tags ....................................................... 40
8544 4.4 Using Hooks ...................................................... 41
8545 4.5 Using the sidebar ................................................ 42
8546 4.6 External Address Queries ......................................... 43
8547 4.7 Mailbox Formats .................................................. 44
8548 4.8 Mailbox Shortcuts ................................................ 44
8549 4.9 Handling Mailing Lists ........................................... 45
8550 4.10 Editing threads .................................................. 46
8551 4.11 Delivery Status Notification (DSN) Support ....................... 46
8552 4.12 POP3 Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8553 4.13 IMAP Support (OPTIONAL) .......................................... 47
8554 4.14 Managing multiple IMAP/POP accounts (OPTIONAL) ................... 49
8555 4.15 Start a WWW Browser on URLs (EXTERNAL) ........................... 49
8556 4.16 Compressed folders Support (OPTIONAL) ............................ 50
8558 5. Mutt's MIME Support .................................................... 52
8559 5.1 Using MIME in Mutt ............................................... 53
8560 5.2 MIME Type configuration with mime.types .......................... 54
8561 5.3 MIME Viewer configuration with mailcap ........................... 54
8562 5.4 MIME Autoview .................................................... 60
8563 5.5 MIME Multipart/Alternative ....................................... 61
8564 5.6 MIME Lookup ...................................................... 61
8566 6. Reference .............................................................. 62
8567 6.1 Command line options ............................................. 62
8568 6.2 Configuration Commands ........................................... 63
8569 6.3 Configuration variables .......................................... 65
8570 6.4 Functions ....................................................... 146
8572 7. Miscellany ............................................................ 154
8573 7.1 Acknowledgments ................................................. 155
8574 7.2 About this document ............................................. 156